mirror of
https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git
synced 2024-11-06 11:23:45 +00:00
718027f9a3
git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@10699 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8
20548 lines
364 KiB
Plaintext
20548 lines
364 KiB
Plaintext
#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
||
\lyxformat 245
|
||
\begin_document
|
||
\begin_header
|
||
\textclass book
|
||
\begin_preamble
|
||
\usepackage{multicol}
|
||
\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
|
||
\usepackage{floatflt}
|
||
%\usepackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=black]{hyperref}
|
||
\end_preamble
|
||
\language polish
|
||
\inputencoding latin2
|
||
\fontscheme default
|
||
\graphics default
|
||
\paperfontsize default
|
||
\spacing single
|
||
\papersize default
|
||
\use_geometry false
|
||
\use_amsmath 0
|
||
\cite_engine basic
|
||
\use_bibtopic false
|
||
\paperorientation portrait
|
||
\secnumdepth 2
|
||
\tocdepth 2
|
||
\paragraph_separation indent
|
||
\defskip medskip
|
||
\quotes_language german
|
||
\papercolumns 1
|
||
\papersides 2
|
||
\paperpagestyle default
|
||
\tracking_changes false
|
||
\output_changes true
|
||
\end_header
|
||
|
||
\begin_body
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Title
|
||
LyX -- Zaawansowane mo¿liwo¶ci
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Author
|
||
by the LyX Team
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Opiekunem tego pliku jest aktualnie
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Mike Ressler
|
||
\noun default
|
||
.
|
||
Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
polskie t³umaczenie:
|
||
\newline
|
||
Tomasz £uczak
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Opiekunem wersji polskiej tego pliku jest aktualnie
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Tomasz £uczak,
|
||
\noun default
|
||
tlu@technodat.com.pl.
|
||
Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
przy wspó³pracy Paw³a Dziekoñskiego
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Date
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
today
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podrêcznik
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zaawansowana Edycja
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, który w³a¶nie czytasz jest w³a¶ciwie drug± czê¶ci±
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Powód podzia³u jest prosty:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jest ju¿ do¶æ obszerny i zawiera opis wszystkich podstawowych funkcji,
|
||
które trzeba poznaæ do przygotowania wiêkszo¶ci dokumentów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX Team ma d³ugoterminowy cel tworzenia rozszerzeñ LyX-a przez ró¿ne pliki
|
||
konfiguracyjne.
|
||
To oznacza, ¿e je¶li chcesz obs³ugiwaæ pakiet LaTeX-a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Fizzwizzle
|
||
\family default
|
||
, to mo¿esz utworzyæ plik uk³adu dla tego pakietu bez konieczno¶ci dokonywania
|
||
samodzielnie zmian w LyX-ie.
|
||
Ju¿ przyczynili¶my siê do powstania kilku nowych funkcji t± drog±.
|
||
Ten podrêcznik, to jest miejsce, gdzie wszystko to udokumentowano.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ten podrêcznik dokumentuje tak¿e kilka funkcji specjalnych, jak faksowanie,
|
||
kontrola wersji, obs³uga SGML-u, które wymagaj± dodatkowego oprogramowania
|
||
do poprawnej pracy.
|
||
Ostatni rozdzia³ traktuje o narzêdziach i sposobach LaTeX-a, które mo¿na
|
||
zastosowaæ do wykoñczenia Twoich dokumentów u¿ywaj±c funkcji LaTeX-a.
|
||
Poza tym LyX jest tylko edytorem WYSIWYM i bêdzie zawsze tylko interfejsem
|
||
do pewnych funkcji LaTeX-a.
|
||
Oczywi¶cie, z udokumentowanymi wszystkimi funkcjami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li nie przeczyta³e¶ jeszcze wprowadzenia, to w³a¶nie czytasz niew³a¶ciwy
|
||
podrêcznik.
|
||
Wprowadzenie jest pierwszym miejscem, od którego powiniene¶ zacz±æ.
|
||
Opisuje on notacjê i format wszystkich podrêczników.
|
||
Powiniene¶ gruntownie zaznajomiæ siê z
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i wszystkimi podstawowymi funkcjami LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wiele rozdzia³ów w tym dokumencie jest niezale¿nymi artyku³ami napisanymi
|
||
przez pojedyncze osoby i s± one odpowiednio zaznaczone.
|
||
Tymi osobami s± generalnie ci, którzy napisali nowy plik uk³adu (layout)
|
||
dla nowej klasy dokumentu lub pakietu LaTeX-a, lub zaimplementowali jak±¶
|
||
funkcjê.
|
||
Je¶li nie wspomniano o autorze w rozdziale lub sekcji to znaczy, ¿e zosta³
|
||
napisany przez LyX Documentation Team.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pierwszy rozdzia³ stanowi suplement do narzêdzi edycyjnych LyX-a, nie ujêtych
|
||
w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i przeznaczony jest dla bardziej zaawansowanych u¿ytkowników.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wszystkie rozdzia³y tego podrêcznika s± w ró¿nym stopniu, ale jednak, opisuj±
|
||
wspó³pracê LyX-a i LaTeX-a, pierwszy rozdzia³ opisuje wewnêtrzn± pracê
|
||
LyX-a, jak prosto LyX tworzy kod LaTeX-a je¶li chcesz.
|
||
To jest oczywiste dla wielu u¿ytkowników LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
LyX i LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Jak LyX u¿ywa LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
To jest rozdzia³ dla TeX-ników i dla ciekawych LaTeX-a.
|
||
Wyja¶nimy w nim jak pracuj± LyX i LaTeX tworz±c wynikowe dokumenty do druku.
|
||
Tylko w tym miejscu i tylko w tym podrêczniku zak³adamy Twoj± znajomo¶æ
|
||
LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Od jakiego¶ czasu LyX-a nazywamy ,,WYSIWYM frontendem do LaTeX'', ale to
|
||
nie jest dalej prawd±.
|
||
Istniej± równie¿ inne frontendy do LaTeX-a.
|
||
To s± generalnie edytory potrafi±ce uruchomiæ LaTeX-a i zaznaczaæ b³êdy
|
||
podczas edycji.
|
||
Mimo ¿e LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
jest
|
||
\emph default
|
||
edytorem i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
potrafi
|
||
\emph default
|
||
uruchomiæ LaTeX-a, i równie¿ zaznaczaæ b³êdy, i tak¿e wiele, wiele wiêcej.
|
||
Dziêki koncepcji WYSIWYM
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
What You See Is What You Mean -- dostajesz to o co Ci chodzi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, nie musisz znaæ LaTeX-a aby efektywnie u¿ywaæ LyX-a.
|
||
LyX posiada tak¿e kilka rozszerzeñ do LaTeX-a
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The Team did this for parsing/coding reasons.
|
||
The new macros allow LyX to more easily produce LaTeX code and ensure that
|
||
the resulting code is correct.
|
||
Nothing that you, the user, need worry about.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Spróbuj kiedy¶ wybraæ polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik
|
||
\family default
|
||
i spójrz na preambu³ê utworzonego pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Bêdziesz móg³ zauwa¿yæ ró¿ne nowe makra zdefiniowane specjalnie przez LyX-a
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Trochê historii: kiedy¶ wszystkie makra znajdowa³y siê w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Pewnego dnia The Team zdecydowa³, ¿e utworzone pliki
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
powinny byæ bardziej przeno¶ne.
|
||
Tak teraz makra s± umieszczone w preambule.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Jednak to wszystko dzieje siê prze¼roczy¶cie dla u¿ytkownika.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mamy kilka poleceñ, które automatycznie wywo³uj± LaTeX-a.
|
||
Oto one:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
PostScript/PDF
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Postscript/PDF
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Drukuj
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tylko te polecenia wywo³uj± LaTeX-a je¶li dokument siê zmieni³ od czasu
|
||
ostatniego uruchomienia LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podczas uruchomienia LaTeX-a podczas edycji pliku, LyX wykonuje nastêpuj±ce
|
||
czynno¶ci:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Konwertuje dokument
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
do LaTeX-a i zapisuje plik z rozszerzeniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Uruchamia LaTeX-a z plikiem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
(byæ mo¿e kilka razy).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Je¶li s± b³êdy , to zaznacza je w dokumencie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li uruchamiasz LaTeX-a poleceniem podgl±du
|
||
\family sans
|
||
DVI
|
||
\family default
|
||
, LyX uruchamia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
xdvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
z plikiem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li u¿y³e¶ polecenia podgl±du
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PostScript
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
rukuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
, LyX wykonuje dwa kroki wiêcej:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Uruchamia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
do konwersji pliku Dvi do pliku postscriptowego:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dla
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Podgl±du
|
||
\family default
|
||
, plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.ps_tmp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dla
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
rukuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
, plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.ps
|
||
\family default
|
||
, jak mo¿na by³o siê spodziewaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wywo³uje
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ghostview
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub wysy³a plik postscriptowy do drukarki.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
,,Pomocy! LyX utworzy³ nieczytelny plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
!''
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
U¿ytkownicy LaTeX-a bêd± krzyczeæ to przez ca³± noc, gdy deklaracje LyX-a
|
||
s± nie do wykorzystania --- oni po prostu nie czytali dokumentacji do LyX-a
|
||
(RTFM!)
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga
|
||
\noun on
|
||
John Weiss
|
||
\noun default
|
||
: I know a certain faculty member who actually did complain to me that LyX
|
||
doesn't generate LaTeX files.
|
||
Ain't it funny how, sometimes, faculty are the worst at reading instructions?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nale¿y postawiæ sprawê jasno.
|
||
LyX produkuje dwa rodzaje plików LaTeX-owych.
|
||
Jedne s± czytelne dla ludzi.
|
||
Inne s± czytelne dla LyX-a.
|
||
Za ka¿dym wywo³aniem LaTeX-a przez LyX-a, tworzy on plik LaTeX-a, który
|
||
mo¿e byæ ³atwo skanowany w celu poszukiwania b³êdów.
|
||
W rezultacie plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie jest czytelny dla ludzi.
|
||
Nie próbuj go czytaæ.
|
||
Je¶li chcesz mieæ plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby móc wys³aæ go koledze, to wybierz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Powtórzymy to jeszcze raz, specjalnie dla podkre¶lenia :
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
Je¶li chcesz plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
móc wys³aæ koledze, to wybierz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Importowanie plików LaTeX-a do LyX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz importowaæ pliki LaTeX-a do LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Importuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
aTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Polecenie wywo³uje skrypt Perl-a o nazwie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, który na podstawie pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
utworzy plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
i otworzy go w LyX-ie.
|
||
Je¶li import nie powiedzie siê, mo¿esz spróbowaæ uruchomiæ skrypt
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
z wiersza poleceñ
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podczas instalacji LyX-a, oddzielny plik wykonywalny o nazwie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest umieszczany w tym samym katalogu z binariami co program
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
(np.:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/local/bin/reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
wymaga interpretera jêzyka Perl (wersja 5.002 jak to napisano).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
z odpowiednimi parametrami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
t³umaczy wiêkszo¶æ konstrukcji LaTeX-a, ale nie wszystkie.
|
||
Pozostawi rzeczy, których nie rozumie w trybie TeX, aby¶ po konwersji móg³
|
||
spojrzeæ na zaznaczony na czerwono tekst i rêcznie go poprawiæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
ma w³asn± sekcjê w podrêczniku
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zaawansowane Mo¿liwo¶ci
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(a tak¿e odpowiednik w postaci Unix-owego mana), któr± powiniene¶ przeczytaæ,
|
||
aby dowiedzieæ siê czego nie interpretuje
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, b³êdach (oraz jak sobie z nimi poradziæ) i u¿yciu ró¿nych opcji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li nie mo¿esz u¿yæ do pracy
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub je¶li chcesz wstawiæ trochê kodu LaTeX-a do pliku LyX-a, to zajrzyj
|
||
do sekcji
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Wstawianie poleceñ LaTeX-a do dokumentów LyX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
To jest raczej wa¿ny punkt: mo¿esz zawsze wstawiæ kod LaTeX-a do dowolnego
|
||
dokumentu LyX-a.
|
||
LyX po prostu nie mo¿e i prawdopodobnie nigdy nie bêdzie móg³ wy¶wietliæ
|
||
wszystkich mo¿liwych konstrukcji LaTeX.
|
||
Je¶li potrzebujesz wstawiæ polecenie LaTeX-a do dokumentu LyX-a, to u¿yj
|
||
wstawki ERT, któr± mo¿esz wstawiæ do dokumentu poleceniem
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
eX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Wstawka ERT mo¿e wystêpowaæ w trzech formach:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
collapsed
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
open
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
inlined
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Pierwsze dwie formy s± podobne do innych rozwijalnych wstawek (takich jak
|
||
np.
|
||
wstawka przypisu) i s± wygodne do zaznaczenia poleceñ LaTeX-a.
|
||
Forma
|
||
\family sans
|
||
inlined
|
||
\family default
|
||
wstawki wy¶wietla jej zawarto¶æ, co jest wygodne dla krótkich fragmentów
|
||
kodu LaTeX-a.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status inlined
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
% tak jak ten
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ siê pomiêdzy tymi formami przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem
|
||
myszy na wstawce.
|
||
Uwaga je¶li chcesz wiêcej ni¿ jeden wiersz poleceñ LaTeX-a, to nie mo¿esz
|
||
korzystaæ z trybu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
inlined
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj jest przyk³ad wstawienia poleceñ LaTeX-a w dokumencie LyX-a.
|
||
Oto kod:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\newline
|
||
This is an example for a minipage environment.
|
||
You
|
||
\newline
|
||
can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating)
|
||
\newline
|
||
figures and tables.
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\newline
|
||
&
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{verbatim}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\newline
|
||
This ...
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{verbatim}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{tabular}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wstawka ERT zawieraj±ca powy¿szy tekst jest umieszczona bezpo¶rednio po
|
||
tym akapicie.
|
||
Je¶li czytasz ten podrêcznik w LyX-ie, to zobaczysz tylko przycisk z czerwonym
|
||
tekstem.
|
||
Czytaj±c drukowan± wersjê tego podrêcznika zobaczysz rezultaty:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This is an example for a minipage environment.
|
||
You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
&
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{verbatim}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This ...
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{verbatim}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{tabular}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ponadto mo¿esz utworzyæ oddzielny plik zawieraj±cy skomplikowan± strukturê
|
||
LaTeX-a i do³±czyæ go poleceniem
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
o³±cz plik
|
||
\family default
|
||
(powiniene¶ wybraæ opcjê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Zalecamy aby¶ do³±cza³ pliki
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, o których
|
||
\emph on
|
||
wiesz
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, ¿e s± poprawne.
|
||
W innym wypadku bêdziesz mia³ sporo zajêcia z wyszukiwaniem b³êdów\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Kilka ostatnich uwag o wyró¿nieniu:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wewn±trz LyX-a, kod LaTeX-a pojawia siê
|
||
\emph on
|
||
na czerwono
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nie
|
||
\emph default
|
||
sprawdza poprawno¶ci Twojego kodu LaTeX-owego,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Staraj siê nie odkrywaæ ko³a na nowo.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Na koniec dwie uwagi.
|
||
Po pierwsze, LyX posiada niewiele funkcji ca³kowicie wbudowanych ale bêdzie
|
||
wiêcej.
|
||
B±d¼ pewien, sprawdzaj±c podrêcznik, ¿e danej funkcji LyX nie posiada zanim
|
||
zaczniesz kodowaæ j± w LaTeX-u
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga od
|
||
\noun on
|
||
John Weiss
|
||
\noun default
|
||
-a: I seem to do this an awful lot.
|
||
Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to
|
||
learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this.
|
||
Worse yet - I had them already!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Po drugie istnieje wiele pakietów LaTeX-a pocz±wszy od sk³adu etykiet czy
|
||
kopert do ³adnych wielostronicowych tabel.
|
||
Przejrzyj archiwum CTAN aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów (zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ trochê dzikich i ³adnych rzeczy wewn±trz dokumentu,
|
||
b±d¼ pewien swoich konstrukcji korzystaj±c z dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pewna liczba poleceñ LaTeX-a musi byæ umieszczona przed pocz±tkiem tekstu.
|
||
Powinny one zostaæ umieszczone w preambule co opisano w nastêpnej sekcji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Preambu³a LyX-a i LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
O preambule LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Je¶li ju¿ znasz LaTeX-a, to nie potrzebujesz tutaj wyja¶nienia do czego
|
||
s³u¿y preambu³a.
|
||
Je¶li nie wiesz, to dajemy Ci kilka porad -- zalecamy aby¶ znów zapozna³
|
||
siê z ksi±¿k± o LaTeX-u aby poznaæ wiêcej informacji.
|
||
W innym przypadku powiniene¶ czytaæ poni¿sze sekcje, poniewa¿ w nich jest
|
||
wyja¶nione co mo¿esz zrobiæ i czego nie musisz zrobiæ w preambule LyX-owego
|
||
dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Preambu³a LaTeX-a znajduje siê na samym pocz±tku dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
przed
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jego tre¶ci±.
|
||
S³u¿y ona do:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
deklaracji klasy dokumentu.
|
||
LyX ju¿ wykonuje to za Ciebie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li jeste¶ LaTeX-nikiem i masz ju¿ trochê dopasowanych klas dokumentów,
|
||
których chcesz u¿ywaæ, to zajrzyj do podrêcznika
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Konfiguracja
|
||
\emph default
|
||
aby dowiedzieæ siê jak wykonaæ do nich interfejs.
|
||
Nie zapomnij wys³aæ swoich osi±gniêæ do LyX Team-u aby je w³±czyæ do przysz³ych
|
||
wersji!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
deklaracji u¿ywanych pakietów.
|
||
Pakiety LaTeX-a dostarczaj± specjalne polecenia, które s± dostêpne w dokumencie
|
||
tylko je¶li zadeklarujemy pakiet w preambule.
|
||
Na przyk³ad,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
indentfirst
|
||
\family default
|
||
wymusza wcinanie wszystkich akapitów.
|
||
istniej± pakiety dla etykiet, kopert, marginesów itd.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
ustawiania liczników, zmiennych, d³ugo¶ci i szeroko¶ci.
|
||
Istnieje kilka liczników LaTeX-a i zmiennych, które
|
||
\emph on
|
||
musz±
|
||
\emph default
|
||
byæ ustawione globalnie z poziomu preambu³y, aby uzyskaæ ¿±dany efekt [istniej±
|
||
inne zmienne, które mo¿na ustawiaæ tak¿e wewn±trz dokumentu].
|
||
Marginesy s± dobrym przyk³adem czego¶ co musi byæ ustawione w preambule.
|
||
Innym przyk³adem jest format nalepek na listy.
|
||
Mo¿esz ustawiæ je gdziekolwiek, ale najlepszym miejscem do tego jest preambu³a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
deklaracji definiowanych przez u¿ytkownika poleceñ [za pomoc± polecenia
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newcommand
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\family default
|
||
], g³ównie skrótów dla poleceñ LaTeX-a, które wystêpuj± czêsto w tek¶cie
|
||
dokumentu.
|
||
Mimo to preambu³a jest dobrym miejscem na deklaracje poleceñ, które
|
||
\emph on
|
||
mog±
|
||
\emph default
|
||
byæ deklarowane gdziekolwiek indziej [byleby
|
||
\emph on
|
||
przed
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ich pierwszym u¿yciem w tek¶cie].
|
||
To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li mamy wiele kodu LaTeX-a w dokumencie, który
|
||
normalnie nie powinien siê zdarzyæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX dodaje do preambu³y w³asne definicje podczas tworzenia pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
To czyni dokumenty LaTeX-a utworzone przez LyX-a przeno¶nymi.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zmiana preambu³y
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenia, które dodaje LyX do preambu³y s± zafiksowane i nie mo¿esz ich
|
||
zmieniæ bez samodzielnego patchowania LyX-a.
|
||
Mo¿esz jednak dodaæ w³asne rzeczy do preambu³y.
|
||
Mo¿esz to zrobiæ na dwa sposoby:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wybierz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
reambu³a
|
||
\family default
|
||
z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ormatowanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Otworzy siê wówczas okno, w którym mo¿esz wpisaæ swoje polecenia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Edytor preambu³y jest prymitywny, nie spodziewaj siê po nim zbyt wiele.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Utwórz w swoim domy¶lnym szablonie dokumentu (zobacz
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:setup}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) odpowiednie wpisy w preambule.
|
||
Wówczas tworz±c nowy dokument na jego podstawie preambu³a bêdzie ju¿ wpisana.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX nie dodaje niczego do Twojej czê¶ci preambu³y.
|
||
Zanim dodasz deklaracje do preambu³y powiniene¶ upewniæ siê, ¿e nie jest
|
||
ju¿ to wykonane przez LyX-a [czy pamiêtasz co mówili¶my o ponownym wynalezieniu
|
||
ko³a?].
|
||
Ponadto
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dokonuj poprawnych wpisów w preambule
|
||
\emph default
|
||
-- LyX nie sprawdza jej poprawno¶ci.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przyk³ady
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj znajduje siê kilka przyk³adów co mo¿na dodaæ do preambu³y:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Przyk³ad #1: Przesuniêcie strony
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istniej± dwie zmienne LaTeX-a do sterowania pozycj± strony:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Ich nazwy s± samoobja¶niaj±ce.
|
||
Te zmienne s± u¿yteczne je¶li w tej chwili o etykietach.
|
||
Czasami rozmiar medium i obszar medium, na którym bêdziesz drukowaæ nie
|
||
pokrywaj± siê.
|
||
Wówczas mamy polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± dla
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest 0 pt, czyli strona nie jest przesuniêta.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Niestety, niektóre sterowniki DVI wydaj± siê zawsze przesuwaæ stronê.
|
||
Nie mamy pomys³u dlaczego lub dlaczego Twój administrator nie poprawi³
|
||
tego.
|
||
Je¶li u¿ywasz LyX-a w systemie, którego osobi¶cie nie nadzorujesz, a którego
|
||
administrator to ,,doofus'', to polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\family default
|
||
mog± zaoszczêdziæ Ci dni.
|
||
Na przyk³ad Twoje marginesy lewy i górny s± zawsze o pó³ cala zbyt du¿e.
|
||
Nale¿y wówczas dodaæ do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce polecenia:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset}{-0.5 in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset}{-0.5 in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
a Twoje marginesy bêd± teraz poprawne.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Przyk³ad #2: Etykiety
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mówi±c etykiety mamy na my¶li wydruk etykiet z adresami.
|
||
Istnieje mi³y pakiet, dostêpny w najbli¿szym Ci archiwum CTAN, do wydruku
|
||
etykiet o nazwie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
labels.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Twój system mo¿e nie mieæ go domy¶lnie zainstalowanego -- zostawiamy Ci
|
||
to do sprawdzenia.
|
||
Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ przeczytaæ dokumentacjê pakietu -- my nie zrobimy
|
||
tego za Ciebie.
|
||
Jednak poni¿szym przyk³adem podpowiadamy Ci jak z niego skorzystaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Po pierwsze wybierz klasê dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Nastêpnie wpisz do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce deklaracje:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{labels}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LabelCols=3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LabelRows=7
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LeftBorder=8mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
RightBorder=8mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
TopBorder=9mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
BottomBorder=2mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Te ustawienia s± odpowiednie dla arkusza etykiet Avery, nr #5360.
|
||
Teraz jeste¶ gotów do wydruku etykiet, ale potrzeba jeszcze wstawiæ polecenia
|
||
LaTeX umieszczaj±c polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{labels}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{labels}
|
||
\family default
|
||
wokó³ ka¿dego tekstu z tre¶ci± etykiety.
|
||
Ta i inne funkcje pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
labels.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± wyja¶nione w dokumentacji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Byæ mo¿e, ¿e kiedy¶, kto¶ napisze plik uk³adu LyX-a do obs³ugi tego pakietu
|
||
wprost.
|
||
Byæ mo¿e to bêdziesz Ty.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Przyk³ad #3: Wciêcie akapitu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Amerykanie s± wyæwiczeni we wcinaniu pierwszego wiersza
|
||
\emph on
|
||
ka¿dego
|
||
\emph default
|
||
akapitu.
|
||
Tak jak wszystkie inne dziwne quirks, wiêkszo¶æ Amerykanów bêdzie wyæ i
|
||
jêczeæ dopóki nie bêd± mieli wcinanych pierwszych wierszy we wszystkich
|
||
akapitach
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga od
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Johna Weiss'a
|
||
\noun default
|
||
: To by³o napisane przez Amerykanina -- przeze
|
||
\emph on
|
||
mnie
|
||
\emph default
|
||
! Tak postrzegam moich rodaków.
|
||
Nieprzerwanie ja nie lubiê tego.
|
||
Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
Polacy równie¿.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Oczywi¶cie takie zachowanie nie jest standardem w typografii.
|
||
W ksi±¿kach wcinana jest tylko pierwszy wiersz akapitu je¶li ten akapit
|
||
wystêpuje po poprzednim akapicie.
|
||
Ide± wcinania pierwszego wiersza akapitu jest wyró¿nienie s±siaduj±cych
|
||
akapitów.
|
||
Je¶li jednak nie ma poprzedniego akapitu, np.
|
||
pod rysunkiem lub na pocz±tku rozdzia³u czy sekcji, pierwszy akapit nie
|
||
bêdzie wyró¿niony wciêciem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li jeste¶ amerykaninem, to nie przejmuj siê takimi ezoterycznymi rzeczami,
|
||
po prostu chcesz mieæ wciêcia! Dodaj to do preambu³y
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
Klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
mwart
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
mwbk
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
mwrep
|
||
\family default
|
||
autorstwa
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Marcina Woliñskiego
|
||
\noun default
|
||
automatycznie wcinaj± wszystkie akapity.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{indentfirst}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li Twoja dystrybucja TeX-a nie jest pod³a, to bêdziesz mia³ ten pakiet
|
||
zainstalowany i wszystkie akapity bêd± wcinane tak jak na to zas³uguj±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Przyk³ad #4: Ten dokument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz tak¿e sprawdziæ jak± preambu³ê posiada ten dokument, aby poznaæ jakie
|
||
zaawansowane rzeczy mo¿esz zrobiæ.
|
||
Ponadto wiêcej przyk³adów co mo¿na wpisaæ do preambu³y znajdziesz w tym
|
||
podrêczniku.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
B³êdy LyX-a i LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Gdy LyX wywo³uje LaTeX-a, informuje go aby ignorowa³ wszelkie b³êdy i przetwarza
|
||
³ dalej.
|
||
Mo¿na to wykorzystaæ do przejrzenia logu przebiegu LaTeX i wykonania post-morte
|
||
m czynno¶ci.
|
||
Jak wspomnieli¶my wcze¶niej, LyX tworzy dwa rodzaje plików
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, jeden z nich jest u¿ywany do lokalizacji b³êdów w dokumencie.
|
||
Je¶li pojawi siê b³±d, to LyX umie¶ci prostok±t ze s³owem ,,B³±d'' w odpowiedni
|
||
m miejscu w dokumencie
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX okazjonalnie nie odgadnie miejsca, w którym zdarzy³ siê b³±d.
|
||
To siê zdarza zwykle przy tabelach, rysunkach, matematyce i preambule.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Zostanie tak¿e wy¶wietlony komunikat informuj±cy o fakcie wyst±pienia b³êdów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz nawigowaæ pomiêdzy b³êdami za pomoc± polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
B³±d
|
||
\family default
|
||
z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
N
|
||
\bar default
|
||
awigacja
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Mo¿esz ,,otwieraæ'' znaczniki b³êdów i podejrzeæ komunikaty LaTeX-a przez
|
||
klikniêcie na znaczniku.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wiele osób lubi zobaczyæ wprost ca³y log, który jest dostêpny z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
K
|
||
\bar default
|
||
omunikaty LaTeX-a
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Istniej kilka powszechnych komunikatów b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ.
|
||
Wyja¶nimy je tutaj.
|
||
Powiniene¶ zajrzeæ do dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u dla zapoznania siê z pe³n±
|
||
list±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LaTeX Warning:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Komunikat zaczynaj±ce siê tymi s³owy jest komunikatem diagnostycznym LaTeX-a.
|
||
Otrzymasz podobne ostrze¿enie gdy dodasz lub zmienisz odno¶nik lub wpis
|
||
bibliografii, wówczas LaTeX komunikuje Ci, ¿e powinien zostaæ uruchomiony
|
||
jeszcze raz.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ostrze¿enie mo¿na w wiêkszo¶ci zignorowaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LaTeX Font Warning:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Inny komunikat ostrzegawczy, tym razem o fontach, których LaTeX nie potrafi³
|
||
znale¼æ.
|
||
Reszta komunikatu czêsto informuje jakich fontów u¿y³ LaTeX w zastêpstwie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz go bezpiecznie zignorowaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Overfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LaTeX absolutnie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
uwielbia
|
||
\emph default
|
||
dawaæ takie komunikaty.
|
||
Ostrze¿enia dotycz± wierszy, które s± zbyt d³ugie i wystaj± poza prawy
|
||
margines.
|
||
Prawie zawsze jest to niezauwa¿alne na wydruku.
|
||
Albo jeden lub dwa znaki przekraczaj± prawy margines.
|
||
LaTeX zdaje siê generowaæ co najmniej jeden taki komunikat dla dowolnego
|
||
dokumentu jaki napiszesz.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz ignorowaæ te g³upie komunikaty.
|
||
Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie, spójrz na wynik
|
||
przetwarzania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Underfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LaTeX komunikuje nam, ¿e zbyt ma³e wype³nienie wiersza zmusza go do wstawienia
|
||
zbyt du¿ych odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz go tak¿e zignorowaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Overfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vbox
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Underfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ostrze¿enie o k³opotach z ³amaniem stron -- zbyt ma³ych lub zbyt du¿ych
|
||
odstêpach pionowych.
|
||
Jeszcze raz spójrz na wynik przetwarzania.
|
||
Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LaTeX Error: File
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes els
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Xxxx
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes ers
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
not found
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Plik ,,Xxxx'' nie jest zainstalowany w systemie.
|
||
Ten komunikat pojawia siê czêsto, gdy nie zainstalowa³e¶ pakietów u¿ytych
|
||
w dokumencie.
|
||
Je¶li nie dotyka³e¶ preambu³y lub nie u¿ywa³e¶ polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, to znaczy ¿e brakuje jednego z pakietów, które próbuje za³adowaæ LyX.
|
||
U¿yj polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
omoc\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
K
|
||
\bar default
|
||
onfiguracja LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby zobaczyæ listê pakietów znanych LyX-owi.
|
||
Ten plik jest uaktualniany podczas ka¿dej rekonfiguracji LyX-a (polecenie
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dycja
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
R
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ekonfiguruj
|
||
\family default
|
||
) i zawiera informacje, które pakiety zosta³y wykryte i do czego s³u¿±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li
|
||
\emph on
|
||
u¿y³e¶
|
||
\emph default
|
||
polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i pakiet nie zosta³ zainstalowany, to nale¿y zainstalowaæ go samodzielnie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LaTeX Error: Unknown option
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
B³±d pojawia siê gdy podano niezdefiniowan± (lub b³êdn±) opcjê u¿ytego pakietu.
|
||
Sprawd¼ dokumentacjê do pakietu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Undefined control sequence
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li wstawi³e¶ polecenie LaTeX w dokumencie, ale pope³ni³e¶ np.
|
||
b³±d literowy, to otrzymasz taki w³a¶nie komunikat b³êdu.
|
||
Byæ mo¿e zapomnia³e¶ za³adowaæ jaki¶ pakiet.
|
||
W ogólnym przypadku, komunikat b³êdu zwykle oznacza, ¿e u¿y³e¶ niezdefiniowaneg
|
||
o polecenia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istniej± jeszcze inne komunikaty b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ, a wiele z nich jest
|
||
samoobja¶niaj±cych.
|
||
Podane s± czêstymi komunikatami.
|
||
Inne s± naprawdê zaszyfrowane.
|
||
To s± aktualne komunikaty TeX-a i my na prawdê nie mamy klucza jak je odszyfrow
|
||
aæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Oto ogólny tok postêpowania je¶li zdarzy siê b³±d:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ poleceñ LaTeX-a wstawionych w dokumencie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Je¶li nie ma b³êdów literowych, to sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ ich u¿ycia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Je¶li dostaniesz pêk znaczników b³êdów na samym pocz±tku dokumentu, to znaczy,
|
||
¿e jest jaki¶ b³±d w preambule.
|
||
Zacznij debugowaæ swoj± preambu³ê.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Je¶li nie doda³e¶ niczego do preambu³y i nie wstawi³e¶ ¿adnych poleceñ LaTeX-a
|
||
do dokumentu, to najpierw sprawd¼ swoj± dystrybucjê LaTeX.
|
||
Sprawd¼ brakuj±ce pakiety i zainstaluj je.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
OK, nie brakuje pakietów.
|
||
Czy nie u¿y³e¶ jakie¶ opcji dopasowuj±cej w LyX-ie? Precyzuj±c, czy nie
|
||
u¿y³e¶ jej niew³a¶ciwie, jak próba rêcznego wstawienia wielu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Protected Blank
|
||
\family default
|
||
s,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Linebreak
|
||
\family default
|
||
s czy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Pagebreak
|
||
\family default
|
||
s? Czy próbowa³e¶ to kludge co¶ razem z nimi zamiast u¿yæ odpowiednich ¶rodowisk
|
||
akapitów?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
OK, nie u¿y³e¶ ¿adnej opcji dopasowuj±cej, postêpujesz zgodnie z zasadami.
|
||
Czy próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ jaki¶ fantastyczny manewr? Czy zrobi³e¶ co¶
|
||
wspania³ego w tabeli czy równaniu, jak wstawienie grafiki do komórki tabeli?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Czy nie masz zbyt d³ugich akapitów tekstu gdzie LaTeX nie mo¿e znale¼æ miejsca
|
||
na prze³amanie wiersza? Domy¶lnie LaTeX jest dok³adny w dodawaniu ekstra
|
||
odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami aby prze³amaæ wiersz.
|
||
Proponowane jest przerobienie akapitów aby usun±æ ten problem.
|
||
Je¶li to nie jest mo¿liwe, mo¿esz obj±æ swój tekst w
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sloppypar
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby obni¿yæ wymagania LaTeX-a przy ³amaniu wierszy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Czy nie przesadzi³e¶ z zagnie¿d¿aniem? LyX [aktualnie] nie sprawdza czy
|
||
nie przekroczy³e¶ limitu zagnie¿d¿enia ¶rodowiska.
|
||
Je¶li zagnie¼dzi³e¶ ¶rodowiska a¿ do 17 poziomu, to mo¿e byæ problem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Nie otrzyma³e¶ ¿adnych komunikatów b³êdów ale wynik ¼le wygl±da.
|
||
Je¶li masz tabelê lub rysunek szerszy lub d³u¿szy od strony, to powiniene¶:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
przeskalowaæ rysunek do odpowiednich wymiarów,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
skróciæ tabelê, tak aby pasowa³a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li dalej jest ¼le z wynikiem i nie próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ ¿adnych wspania³y
|
||
ch lub kludge opcji dopasowuj±cych, to my nie wiemy co jest nie tak.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li to nie pomo¿e, to
|
||
\emph on
|
||
prawdopodobnie
|
||
\emph default
|
||
znalaz³e¶ b³±d w LyX-ie\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Dodatkowe narzêdzia sk³adu dokumentu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Przygotowanie bibliografii za pomoc± BibTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Mike Ressler
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ressler is to blame for all of Chapter 1 except where noted.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
STOP! je¶li wiesz czym jest BibTeX lub masz dobry pomys³ na jego zastosowanie
|
||
(np.
|
||
u³o¿enie swojej w³asnej bazy bibliograficznej) nie id¼, a biegnij do swojego
|
||
egzemplarza drugiego wydania Lamporta
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, zw³aszcza
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Dodatek B
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
W dalszej dyskusji zak³adamy, ¿e masz utworzony poprawny plik bibliografii
|
||
oraz masz poprawnie ustawione wszystkie odpowiednie zmienne ¶rodowiska
|
||
(np.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
BIBINPUTS
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
BSTINPUTS
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
TEXINPUTS
|
||
\family default
|
||
) oraz je¶li jeste¶ odpowiednio zdesperowany powiniene¶ utworzyæ plik LaTeX-a
|
||
,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' z baz± BibTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dla tych, którzy nie znaj± BibTeX-a, jest to system do tworzenia wielkich
|
||
baz Twoich czêsto u¿ywanych odno¶ników do literatury.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dla wszystkich przysz³ych artyku³ów, zapisz tylko potrzebne pozycje literatury
|
||
do wstawienia do bazy i oznacz odpowiednim kluczem ka¿dy odno¶nik.
|
||
Nawet je¶li piszesz tylko kilka dokumentów z kilkoma odno¶nikami w ka¿dym,
|
||
to warto po¶wiêciæ Twój czas na sprawdzenie BibTeX-a i zdecydowaæ czy bêdzie
|
||
u¿yteczny dla Ciebie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Aby u¿ywaæ BibTeX-a w LyX-ie nale¿y najpierw zapoznaæ siê
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, w którym opisano sposób wstawiania cytowañ.
|
||
Podstawowy mechanizm wstawiania odno¶ników BibTeX-a jest taki sam.
|
||
Umie¶æ kursor na koñcu dokumentu i wybierz
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ytowanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
W otwartym oknie dialogowym wype³nij dwa pola:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Baza\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Danych podaj nazwê pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bib
|
||
\family default
|
||
ale BEZ rozszerzenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bib
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dla wyszukiwania w wielu plikach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bib
|
||
\family default
|
||
nale¿y podaæ ich nazwy rozdzielaj±c je przecinkiem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Styl podaj nazwê pliku stylu BibTeX-a BEZ rozszerzenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bst
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Domy¶lnym stylem jest
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dostêpne s± równie¿ style zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi o
|
||
nazwach:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plabbrv
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plalpha
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plplain
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plunsrt
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(który powinien byæ do³±czony do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a, tak ¿e nie
|
||
musisz przejmowaæ siê utworzeniem go).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zak³adamy, ¿e dla ka¿dego cytowania ¼ród³o znajduje siê w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bib
|
||
\family default
|
||
, wywo³ujemy polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ytowanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
w odpowiednim miejscu w tek¶cie i wybierz z listy w³a¶ciwy klucz odno¶nika.
|
||
Nie potrzeba nic wiêcej; gdy wywo³ujemy na przyk³ad polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
VI
|
||
\family default
|
||
, powiniene¶ zobaczyæ ¿e BibTeX i LaTeX s± wywo³ywane gdy zachodzi potrzeba,
|
||
w³±czaj±c wielokrotne wywo³anie LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Tworzenie indeksu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dobry indeks jest jedn± z najtrudniejszych rzeczy do zrobienia w d³ugim
|
||
dokumencie.
|
||
LyX pomaga wykonaæ rzeczy trochê pro¶ciej za pomoc± interfejsu do programu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
makeindex
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dla dokumentów polskojêzycznych powinien byæ wywo³ywany program
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
plmindex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
, który mo¿na znale¼æ w dystrybucjach.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wstawianie indeksu i zaznaczanie s³ów do w³±czenia do indeksu odbywa siê
|
||
tak± sam± drog± jak przygotowanie bibliografii opisanej w poprzedniej sekcji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Najpierw przejd¼ na koniec swojego dokumentu i wybierz
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
I
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ndeks
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Nastêpnie, dla ka¿dego s³owa, które chcesz dodaæ do indeksu, umie¶æ kursor
|
||
na koñcu tego s³owa i wybierz
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Wstaw poprzedzaj±ce s³owo do indeksu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
To spowoduje umieszczenie znacznika pokazuj±cego s³owo, które pojawi siê
|
||
w indeksie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¿eli chcesz dok³adnie podaæ co ma pojawiæ siê w indeksie -- na przyk³ad
|
||
potrzebujesz mieæ s³owo ,,kot'' w indeksie, które bêdzie odnosi³o siê do
|
||
s³ów w tek¶cie ,,kot'' i ,,koty'' to po prostu wybierz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
S³owo do indeksu
|
||
\family default
|
||
i wpisz s³owo ,,kot'' w oknie dialogowym.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I to wszystko.
|
||
LyX automatycznie wywo³a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
makeindex
|
||
\family default
|
||
i samodzielnie utworzy indeks.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
B±d¼ ostro¿ny i nie wstawiaj spacji pomiêdzy s³owem a znacznikiem indeksu,
|
||
poniewa¿ mo¿e siê zdarzyæ utworzenie niew³a¶ciwego numeru strony w indeksie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Powiniene¶ zdawaæ sobie sprawê, ¿e istniej± bardziej zaawansowane metody
|
||
u¿ycia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
makeindex
|
||
\family default
|
||
: spójrz w dokumentacjê do³±czon± do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a i znajd¼
|
||
jak wykonaæ zagnie¿d¿one wpisy itp.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Dokumenty wieloczê¶ciowe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Podstawy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przy pracy z du¿ymi plikami zawieraj±cymi wiele sekcji i rozdzia³ów, czêsto
|
||
jest wygodniej podzieliæ dokument na kilka plików lub byæ mo¿e masz ---
|
||
perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time,
|
||
but the preceding text does not.
|
||
W takim przypadku powiniene¶ na serio rozwa¿yæ u¿ycie dokumentów wieloczê¶ciowy
|
||
ch.
|
||
Na przyk³ad prace naukowe czêsto sk³adaj± siê z piêciu g³ównych czê¶ci:
|
||
wprowadzenia, obserwacji, wyników, dyskusji i podsumowania.
|
||
Ka¿da z tych czê¶ci mo¿e byæ zapisana w oddzielnym pliku LyX-a, gdzie jeden
|
||
plik bêdzie dokumentem g³ównym zawieraj±cym tytu³, autorów, streszczenie,
|
||
spis tre¶ci, itd.
|
||
oraz piêæ do³±czonych plików dokumentów sk³adowych (podrzêdnych).
|
||
Nale¿y zwróciæ uwagê, ¿e ka¿dy z plików podrzêdnych w³±czanych do dokumentu
|
||
g³ównego stanowi niezale¿ny dokument, który mo¿e byæ formatowany i drukowany
|
||
niezale¿nie.
|
||
Mo¿na do³±czaæ równie¿ pliki LaTeX-a, ale pliki te nie mog± posiadaæ w³asnej
|
||
preambu³y (wszystko przed
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i za
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
musi byæ usuniête) gdy¿ w przeciwnym wypadku LaTeX zg³osi b³±d podczas
|
||
przetwarzania dokumentu g³ównego.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX pozwala ³atwo w³±czaæ pliki poleceniem z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
D
|
||
\bar under
|
||
o
|
||
\bar default
|
||
³±cz plik
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Po wybraniu polecenia otwiera siê okno wyboru dokumentu.
|
||
Po wybraniu dokumentu do wstawienia/do³±czenia, w bie¿±cej pozycji kursora
|
||
wstawiany jest ma³y prostok±t.
|
||
Klikniêcie na prostok±cie wy¶wietla okno dialogowe do³±czania dokumentu.
|
||
W tym oknie mo¿na wybraæ plik do do³±czenia i metodê do³±czenia.
|
||
Wybór pliku powinien byæ ju¿ jasny.
|
||
W oknie mamy do wyboru trzy metody do³±czania plików; ,,do³±cz'', ,,wstaw''
|
||
i ,,maszynopis''.
|
||
Ró¿nica pomiêdzy ,,do³±cz'' a ,,wstaw'' jest w pe³ni jasna tylko dla LaTeX-pert
|
||
ów.
|
||
Praktycznie ró¿nica polega na tym, ¿e pliki ,,do³±czane'' zaczynaj± siê
|
||
od nowej strony, a pliki ,,wstawiane'' od miejsca wstawienia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Generalnie, plik g³ówny jest konwertowany do formatu LaTeX przed sk³adaniem,
|
||
podczas gdy do³±czane pliki s± konwertowane do formatu LaTeX, który nie
|
||
zawiera preambu³y.
|
||
Zaznaczenie pola Nie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
formatuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
zabezpiecza przed konwersj±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Do³±czanie plików metod± ,,maszynopis'' pozwala na do³±czanie ,,dos³owne''
|
||
plików w ¶rodowisku verbatim z czcionk± o sta³ej szeroko¶ci.
|
||
Normalnie spacje w pliku s± niewidzialne, dwie kolejne spacje s± zachowywane,
|
||
inaczej ni¿ standardowo w LyX-ie.
|
||
Przycisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Zachowaj spacje
|
||
\family default
|
||
pozwala na zachowanie spacji lub przywraca standardow± interpretacjê spacji
|
||
wielokrotnych.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Odno¶niki pomiêdzy plikami
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jest mo¿liwe ustawienie odno¶ników pomiêdzy ró¿nymi plikami.
|
||
Najpierw otwórz wszystkie pliki pomiêdzy którymi chcesz wykonaæ odno¶niki,
|
||
na przyk³ad dwa pliki A i B, gdzie plik B jest do³±czony do pliku A.
|
||
Wstawili¶my etykietê w pliku A i chcemy odno¶nik do niej w pliku B.
|
||
Bêd±c w dokumencie A z menu wybieramy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
O
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dno¶nik wewnêtrzny
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Teraz prze³±czamy siê na dokument B bez zamykania okna odno¶nika.
|
||
Wstawiamy odno¶nik i ju¿!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Gdy przegl±dasz plik A wszystko jest poprawnie do³±czone i etykietowane.
|
||
Je¶li zamkniesz okno odno¶nika i ponownie otworzysz je w dokumencie B to
|
||
zobaczysz tylko etykiety pliku B.
|
||
Ta procedura mo¿e nie jest intuicyjna (czasami zdarza siê b³±d) ale dzia³a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Algorytmy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(z konfiguracji LaTeX)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family sans
|
||
algorithm
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest potrzebny do wydania ,,wstawek algorytmów''.
|
||
Jest on u¿yteczny przy umieszczaniu krótkich algorytmów w miejscu z³amania
|
||
strony i obs³uguje tak¿e spis algorytmów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Podrysunek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(z konfiguracji LaTeX)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family sans
|
||
subfigure
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest u¿ywany w LyX-ie podczas wyboru ,,Podrysunek'' w oknie Rysunek.
|
||
Kilka rysunków zaznaczonych w ten sposób mo¿e byæ upakowanych w jednej
|
||
wstawce w indywidualnymi podpisami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Ozdobne nag³ówki i stopki
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W³a¶ciwie powinny¶my u¿ywaæ nazw:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
pagina górna
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
pagina dolna
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Domy¶lny uk³ad strony jest raczej nieskomplikowany -- plain; dla klasy artyku³
|
||
numery stron s± wycentrowane u do³u strony.
|
||
Ten dokument jest klasy ksi±¿ka (book) i jest trochê bardziej ozdobny,
|
||
ale aby rzeczywi¶cie postawiæ na wygl±d potrzebujesz u¿yæ stylu ,,fancy''
|
||
co wspomniano w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Ta sekcja opisuje polecenia LaTeX-a, które trzeba wstawiæ w preambule lub
|
||
w tek¶cie aby otrzymaæ ¿±dany efekt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nag³ówek i stopka strony s± podzielone na trzy pola okre¶laj±ce lew±, ¶rodkow±
|
||
i praw± ich czê¶æ.
|
||
Poleceniami LaTeX-a do ustawiania tych pól w najprostszy sposób s±
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chead
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lfoot
|
||
\family default
|
||
itd.
|
||
przypu¶æmy, ¿e chcesz wstawiæ swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej
|
||
strony.
|
||
Po prostu wstaw nastêpuj±ce polecenie w preambule:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{John Q.
|
||
DocWriter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zobaczysz w podgl±dzie swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej strony.
|
||
Je¶li pole ma domy¶ln± warto¶æ, której chcesz siê pozbyæ (czêsto numer
|
||
strony pojawia siê w centralnej czê¶ci stopki) to po prostu wstaw polecenie
|
||
z pustym argumentem, jak w przyk³adzie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cfoot{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zróbmy rzeczywi¶cie ozdobn± stronê: wstawmy w nag³ówku po lewej nazwê sekcji
|
||
wraz ze s³owem ,,Sekcja'' (np.
|
||
Sekcja 3) oraz numer strony po prawej (np.
|
||
Strona 4), natomiast w stopce po lewej swoje nazwisko i datê po prawej.
|
||
Do tego bêd± nam potrzebne nastêpuj±ce polecenia w preambule:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{Sekcja
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thesection}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chead{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rhead{Strona
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lfoot{John Q.
|
||
DocWriter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cfoot{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rfoot{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
today}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thesection
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage
|
||
\family default
|
||
daj± dostêp do liczników sekcji i stron LaTeX-a, i bêd± wydrukowane w bie¿±cej
|
||
sekcji i numerze strony.
|
||
Polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
today
|
||
\family default
|
||
wydrukuje bie¿±c± datê.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Cienk± liniê oddzielaj±c± nag³ówek i stopkê od tre¶ci strony mo¿emy tak¿e
|
||
zmodyfikowaæ.
|
||
Je¶li nie chcesz linii w nag³ówku to ustal jej grubo¶æ na 0.
|
||
Domy¶ln± grubo¶ci± linii nag³ówkowej jest 0.4pt, dla linii stopki za¶ jest
|
||
0pt.
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿yæ polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||
\family default
|
||
do ustawiania ich grubo¶ci.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ustawienia nag³ówków/stopek za pomoc± poleceñ:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{empty}
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{plain}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{fancy}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Po prostu wstaw je w tek¶cie na stronie, któr± chcesz zmieniæ i zaznacz
|
||
je jako kod TeX-a.
|
||
Strony tytu³owe s± oznaczone domy¶lnie jako plain, podczas gdy kolejne
|
||
strony s± w stylu fancy gdy u¿ywasz globalnego ustawienia fancy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istnieje wiele z³o¿onych poleceñ, które bêd± wstawia³y rzeczy w lewym górnym
|
||
naro¿niku na stronach nieparzystych itd.
|
||
ale po szczegó³y odsy³amy Ciê do dokumentacji pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
fancyhdr
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Na przyk³ad je¶li masz instalacjê teTeX-a zobacz
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Koñcowym przyk³adem jest mo¿liwo¶æ wstawienia pliku Encapsulated PostScript
|
||
do nag³ówka lub stopki.
|
||
Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ wstawiæ logo firmy do lewego dolnego naro¿nika strony.
|
||
Spróbuj wstawiæ nastêpuj±ce polecenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
resizebox{1in}{!}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
(bêdzie potrzebne w preambule polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphics}
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Ministrony
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LaTeX dostarcza mechanizmu do tworzenia strony wewn±trz strony, zwanych
|
||
ministronami (minipages).
|
||
Wewn±trz ministrony s± dostêpne wszystkie zwyk³e regu³y wcinania, ³amania
|
||
wierszy itd.
|
||
LyX tak¿e dostarcza tê mo¿liwo¶æ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ministrony posiadaj± w³asn± wstawkê, aby wstawiæ ministronê wybierz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
M
|
||
\bar default
|
||
inistrony
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Klikaj±c prawym klawiszem myszy na wstawkê otwiera siê okienko, w którym
|
||
mo¿na ustaliæ wyrównianie i szeroko¶æ ministrony.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga.
|
||
Je¶li ministrona jest zbyt d³uga aby zmie¶ciæ siê na stronie, to zostanie
|
||
skrócona, a nie wciêta na nastêpnej stronie (nie pojawi siê reszta na nastêpnej
|
||
stronie).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
S± dwie dalsze opcje ministron.
|
||
Je¶li umie¶cisz dwie ministrony obok siebie, to mo¿na wstawiæ
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
Z
|
||
\bar default
|
||
nak specjalny\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
HFill
|
||
\family default
|
||
do maksymalnego rozsuniêcia ich, który wymuszi pocz±tek pierwszej ministrony
|
||
od lewego marginesu a koniec nastêpnej na prawym marginesie.
|
||
Sprawd¼ t± opcjê dla drugiej ministrony, nie dla pierwszej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Box Frameless
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "c"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
width "1.5in"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1pt"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Box Frameless
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "c"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
width "1.5in"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1pt"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest druga ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest zwyk³y tekst, który rozdziela dwa przyk³ady
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Box Frameless
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "c"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
width "1.5in"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1pt"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\hfill
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Box Frameless
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "c"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
width "1.5in"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1pt"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest druga ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Oblewanie rysunku tekstem
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Wrap figure
|
||
placement r
|
||
width "6cm"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Graphics
|
||
filename mobius.eps
|
||
display color
|
||
width 40col%
|
||
rotateOrigin center
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Caption
|
||
Ten rysunek jest oblany tekstem, a to jest ¶liczny podpis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Czêsto zadawanym pytaniem jest pytanie o mo¿liwo¶æ ,,oblewania'' rysunków
|
||
tekstem w ten sposób, ¿e rysunek zajmuje czê¶æ kolumny a reszta jest wype³niona
|
||
tekstem.
|
||
Je¶li masz zainstalowany pakiet LaTeX-a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
floatflt
|
||
\family default
|
||
(jest czêsto w³±czany do dystrybucji lub dostêpny w archiwach CTAN), to
|
||
mo¿esz to zrobiæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Obok znajduje siê rysunek pêtli Moebiusa -- powiniene¶ go ju¿ zobaczyæ w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Aby oblaæ tekstem rysunek jak ten, nalezy wybrac z menu polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Rysunek oblany
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga: ten pakiet jest bardzo kruchy
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Kruchy w sensie LaTeX-a.
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Dla przyk³adu, maj±c rysunek zbyt blisko koñca strony bêdzie zamieszanie
|
||
tre¶ci powy¿ej, gdy bêdziemy mieæ dwa rysunki blisko siebie.
|
||
U¿ywaj tego pakietu oszczêdnie i czytaj dokumentacjê zawart± w pakiecie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Miejmy nadziejê, ¿e w przysz³o¶ci LyX bêdzie obs³ugiwa³ te funkcje natywnie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Opcje tabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Standardowy uk³ad tabel bêdzie odpowiedni w 99% wszystkich Twoich tabel,
|
||
ale w 1% prawdopodobnie bêdziesz potrzebowa³ tabel specjalnie dostosowanych
|
||
do swoich wymagañ.
|
||
Polecenie z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
abela
|
||
\family default
|
||
otwiera okno formatowania tabeli.
|
||
W zak³adce
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Kolumna
|
||
\family default
|
||
/
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wiersz
|
||
\family default
|
||
znajduje siê dostêp do kilku poleceñ wyrównywania kolumn.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Teraz krótkie wspomnienie o LaTeX-u: gdy ustawiamy tabelê w LaTeX-u to dla
|
||
ka¿dej kolumny deklarujemy typ wyrównania.
|
||
Dla przyk³adu mo¿esz podaæ ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
l
|
||
\family default
|
||
'',,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
c
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' lub ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
r
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' dla justowania do lewej, wy¶rodkowania i wyrównania kolumny do prawej
|
||
(co w LyX-ie objawia siê trzema przyciskami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
W lewo
|
||
\family default
|
||
/
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Center
|
||
\family default
|
||
/
|
||
\family sans
|
||
W prawo
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Czwartym typem jest ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
p
|
||
\family default
|
||
'', który deklaruje szeroko¶æ kolumny (w LyX-ie mamy pole
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Szeroko¶æ
|
||
\family default
|
||
) co powoduje automatyczne ³amanie wierszy.
|
||
Pi±tym typem jest ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' (vertical bar), który raczej s³u¿y do tworzenia pionowych kresek ramek
|
||
(w LyX-ie mamy do tego przyciski w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ramka
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Koñcz±c, istnieje typ ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
'', który pozwala u¿yæ cokolwiek jako separatora kolumn co jest zamkniête
|
||
w towarzysz±cych nawiasach w³±czaj±c argument pusty.
|
||
Powody robienia tego mog± nie byæ jasne, ale cechy te mog± byæ bardzo u¿yteczne.
|
||
Najlepiej to pokazaæ na przyk³adach.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Usuwanie dodatkowej przestrzeni tabeli
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj znajduje siê standardowa tabela:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
|
||
<row bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Type
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Example
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Rock
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Granite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mineral
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quartz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zwróæ uwagê, ¿e poziome kreski wystaj± troszkê z obu strona poza tekst.
|
||
Je¶li chcesz aby linie zaczyna³y i koñczy³y siê równo z tekstem, to mo¿na
|
||
wstawiæ pusty separator na koñcu aby zwolniæ trochê miejsca dodawanego
|
||
domy¶lnie przez LaTeX-a.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
|
||
<row bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Type
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Example
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Rock
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Granite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mineral
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quartz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tym przypadku w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wyrównanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
w
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Kolumnie specjalnej
|
||
\family default
|
||
dla lewej kolumny wpisano ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@{} l
|
||
\family default
|
||
'', natomiast dla prawej wpisano ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
l @{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
'', co wstawia puste znaki na koñcach.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zmiana znaku separatora kolumn
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Teraz proponujemy zastosowanie
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
z odrobin± miejsca obok jako separatora kolumn tabeli.
|
||
Po prostu wy³±cz pionowe ramki i wpisz w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wyrównanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
w obszarze
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Kolumna specjalna ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
l@{~$
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sqrt{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pi}$~} l
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
Oto wynik:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{~$\sqrt{\pi}$~}l">
|
||
<row bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Type
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Example
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Rock
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Granite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mineral
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quartz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Proponujemy wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych.
|
||
Standardowym trickiem LaTeX-a jest podzielenie liczby na dwie kolumny;
|
||
w lewej -- przeznaczonej dla czê¶ci ca³kowitej -- wyrównujemy do prawej
|
||
strony, a w prawej -- przeznaczonej dla czê¶ci u³amkowej -- wyrównujemy
|
||
do lewej, natomiast separator kolumn ustawiamy jako pusty.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
|
||
<row bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wyra¿enie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Warto¶æ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
3.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
1416
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
36.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
462
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
80663.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
1.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
3402
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mimo ¿e bêdzie to wygl±da³o trochê ¶miesznie w LyX-ie, to na wydruku pojawi±
|
||
siê dwukolumnowa tabela, w której prawa kolumna jest wyrównana wed³ug cyfr
|
||
znacz±cych, a nag³ówek jest wy¶rodkowany.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
My¶lê, ¿e najlepiej bêdzie jak opiszê jak to zrobi³em: Najpierw utworzy³em
|
||
tabelê 3 x 3 i usun±³em wszystkie ramki.
|
||
Nastêpnie doda³em ramki pod nag³ówkiem i rozdzielaj±c± pierwsz± i drug±
|
||
kolumnê.
|
||
Pierwsza kolumna jest wy¶rodkowana.
|
||
W drugiej kolumnie wpisa³em
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
3.
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
36.
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
80663.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
1.
|
||
\family default
|
||
, i wyrówna³em tê kolumnê do prawej.
|
||
W trzeciej kolumnie wpisa³em
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
1416
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
462
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
3402
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
oraz ustawi³em wyrównanie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@{} l
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Na koñcu wpisa³em
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Warto¶æ
|
||
\family default
|
||
w ¶rodkowej kolumnie, pod¶wietli³em je, wyrówna³em do prawej.
|
||
Czy¿ nie ³atwe?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Lepsze rozwi±zanie wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Alternatywnym rozwi±zaniem wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych w tabelach
|
||
jest u¿ycie pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dcolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dodaj nastêpuj±cy tekst do preambu³y LaTeX-a:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{dcolumn}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Aby mieæ kolumny wyrównane wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych wpisz w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wyrównanie
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie formatu tabeli w zak³adce
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Kolumny/Wiersze
|
||
\family default
|
||
nastêpuj±cy tekst:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
d{liczba miejsc dziesiêtnych danych}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
[Przyk³adow± tabelê usuniêto.
|
||
Zobacz plik
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph default
|
||
decimal.lyx
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
w katalogu examples.]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Do utworzenia dodatkowego miejsca zwiêksz liczbê miejsc dziesiêtnych w
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
d{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Ustaw atrybut
|
||
\family sans
|
||
multicolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
dla pojedynczej komórki niewra¿liwy na wyrównanie wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych.
|
||
Wad± tej metody jest to, ¿e tryb matematyczny nie jest dopuszczalny w kolumnie
|
||
z wyrównaniem wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych z wyj±tkiem je¶li atrybut multicolumn
|
||
jest w³±czony.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ta metoda oferuje tak± sam± elastyczno¶æ jak pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dcolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Mo¿emy, na przyk³ad zmieniæ separator wyrównania i mamy ró¿ne znaki separatorów
|
||
dla ró¿nych kolumn przez definicjê typów wielokrotnych kolumn w preambule.
|
||
Sk³adnia jest nastêpuj±ca:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
D{separator_wej}{separator_wyj}{liczba_miejsc_dzie¶}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zainteresowanym czytelnikom polecamy dokumentacjê do pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dcolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Wybór znaku wyliczenia
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Allan Rae
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX dostarcza 216 znaków dostêpnych wprost z menu.
|
||
U¿ycie tego menu daje Ci mo¿liwo¶æ ³atwego wyboru odpowiedniego znaku dla
|
||
ka¿dego poziomu zagnie¿d¿enia wyliczeñ.
|
||
Te ustawienia s± globalne dla ca³ego dokumentu i nie mo¿na ustawiæ ró¿nych
|
||
znaków w ró¿nych akapitach
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿na tego dokonaæ tylko rêcznie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Jak je zobaczyæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Otwórz z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
i wybierz zak³adkê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
yró¿nienia.
|
||
\family default
|
||
W zak³adce wy¶wietlona jest tabela znaków wyliczenia.
|
||
Za pomoc± przycisków umieszczonych po lewej stronie okna mamy dostêp do
|
||
sze¶ciu zestawów znaków.
|
||
Przyciski umieszczone w górnej czê¶ci okna przeznaczone s± do wyboru g³êboko¶ci
|
||
zagnie¿d¿enia wyliczenia.
|
||
Tekst pod tabel± zestawu znaków wy¶wietla nazwê LaTeX-a aktualnie wybranego
|
||
znaku.
|
||
Mo¿na równie¿ w tym miejscu podaæ w³asne definicje znaku wyliczenia.
|
||
Je¶li zmodyfikujesz domy¶lne ustawienia to bêdziesz potrzebowa³ podaæ potrzebne
|
||
pakiety w preambule.
|
||
Znaki podzielone s± na sze¶æ zestawów ze wzglêdu na wymagane pakiety.
|
||
Poni¿sza tabela przedstawia przypisanie zestawów do pakietów LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
|
||
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przycisk
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wymagany pakiet
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
base LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Maths
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
amssymb.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ding1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ding2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ding3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ding4
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX nie zatrzyma Ciê przed u¿yciem znaku z pakietu którego nie masz.
|
||
Je¶li otrzymasz komunikat b³êdu LaTeX-a podczas próby podgl±du lub wydruku
|
||
bêdzie on oznacza³ brak wymaganego pakietu.
|
||
LyX nie bêdzie ogranicza³ u¿ycia przy lokalnej edycji i eksporcie gdziekolwiek.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Jak u¿yæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wybierz przycisk g³êboko¶ci wyliczenia i nastêpnie wybierz znak i wielko¶æ.
|
||
Zmiana nie bêdzie widoczna w LyX-ie, ale bêdzie widoczna w podgl±dzie dokumentu
|
||
przy u¿yciu xdvi lub ghostview.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz przywróciæ domy¶lny znak wyliczenia przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem
|
||
myszy na przycisku poziomu wyliczenia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li rzeczywi¶cie chcesz mieæ wiele uk³adów akapitów z ró¿nymi zestawami
|
||
znaków wyliczenia w ka¿dym musisz wykonaæ trochê brudnej roboty.
|
||
Okno wyboru znaku wyliczenia mo¿e pomóc w znalezieniu nazwy LaTeX-owej
|
||
znaku.
|
||
Aby zrobiæ w³asne akapity musisz mie¶ nastêpuj±c± opcjê:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi=
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
small
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sharp
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
U¿yj polecenia LaTeX-a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{}{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
do specyfikacji nowego znaku wyliczenia dla zadanej g³êboko¶ci zagnie¿d¿enia.
|
||
To bêdzie tak¿e potrzebne do zapisu bie¿±cego znaku i jego pó¼niejszego
|
||
ponownego przywo³ania.
|
||
W tym wyliczeniu zosta³y u¿yte nastêpuj±ce kody LaTeX-a do zmiany znaku
|
||
wyliczenia w pierwszym poziomie.
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi=
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
small
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sharp
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Uwaga g³êboko¶æ zagnie¿d¿enia w poleceniu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest podawana cyframi rzymskimi (podobnie jak numeracja czê¶ci).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
[
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
star
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Podaj dla ka¿dego indywidualnego wiersza wyliczenia kod znaku zamkniêty
|
||
w nawiasy prostok±tne i wpisane w trybie TeX.
|
||
Na przyk³ad ten wiersz zaczyna siê znakiem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
[
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
star
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)]
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Poczekaj na LyX 1.2.
|
||
Nastêpne stabilne wydanie LyX-a powinna mieæ wbudowan± obs³ugê definiowania
|
||
dla ka¿dego wyliczenia oddzielnego zestawu znaków.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li bêdziesz potrzebowa³ przywróciæ z powrotem poprzednie globalne ustawienia
|
||
znaków to nale¿y wpisaæ:
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Specjalne klasy dokumentu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AMS Math
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by David
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Johnson
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Uk³ad AMS-Math jest zestawem styli zalecanymi dla sk³adu pism matematycznych
|
||
przesy³anych do wydawnictwa American Mathematical Society.
|
||
Uk³ad nie jest przyciêty do specyfiki pisma, ale mo¿na to ³atwo zrobiæ.
|
||
Powiniene¶ przejrzeæ dokumentacjê AMS pod k±tem specyficznych instrukcji
|
||
dla ka¿dego pisma (czêsto wymagana jest tylko zmiana w jednym wierszu).
|
||
Dokumentacja AMS jest dostêpna w internecie na stronie
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lub przez ftp
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Te uk³ady s± odpowiednie i u¿yteczne dla zapisu matematyki.
|
||
S± aktualnie dostêpne ró¿ne uk³ady AMS-math:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
amsart -- standardowy format artyku³u -- AMS article.
|
||
Wszystkie równania i wyra¿enia s± numerowane jako
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, gdzie pierwsza liczba oznacza sekcjê, a druga odpowiada kolejnemu numerowi
|
||
¶rodowiska (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions, Remarks,
|
||
itd.) w tej sekcji.
|
||
Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które
|
||
s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie.
|
||
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
amsart-seq -- tutaj, twierdzenia, definicje itd.
|
||
s± numerowane kolejno, bez odniesienia do numeru sekcji.
|
||
Dostêpne s± równie¿ nienumerowane ¶rodowiska (ale nie wszystkie), do okazjonaln
|
||
ego u¿ycia.
|
||
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
amsbook - standardowy format ksi±¿ki -- AMS book (prawdziwe monografie).
|
||
Numeracja jest podobna jak w uk³adzie amsart, z wyj±tkiem numeracji wszystkiego
|
||
jako
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, gdzie pierwszy numer odnosi siê do numeru rozdzia³u, drugi do sekcji,
|
||
a trzeci jest numerem kolejnym wyra¿enia (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions,
|
||
Definitions, Remarks, itd.) w tej sekcji.
|
||
Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które
|
||
s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie.
|
||
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dowolne pliki LyX-a ams-* mog± byæ konwertowane do schematu przez prost±
|
||
zmianê klasy dokumentu w menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Co daje ten szablon?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Te uk³ady dostarczaj± d³ug± listê ¶rodowisk.
|
||
Najbardziej matematyczne pisma i ksi±¿ki bêd± korzystaæ w wiêkszo¶ci z
|
||
tych ¶rodowisk, AMS-LaTeX-u sprzyja definiowaniu nieograniczonej liczby
|
||
rozmaitych takich deklaracji.
|
||
Jednak zalecane przez AMS ¶rodowiska s± dostêpne w LyX-ie.
|
||
Oto lista nowych ¶rodowisk (nie wyliczamy typowych takich jak
|
||
\family sans
|
||
sections, bibliography, title, author, date
|
||
\family default
|
||
):
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results.
|
||
S³owo
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,Theorem
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' wy¶wietlane jest czcionk± pó³grub±, along with an automatically-determined
|
||
number (an unnumbered version,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Theorem*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, is also available).
|
||
Tekst jest pochylony.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from
|
||
previous statements.
|
||
Again, these can be major results.
|
||
Unnumbered version
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Corollary*
|
||
\family default
|
||
is available.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general
|
||
theory being discussed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the
|
||
author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author,
|
||
at least).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Criterion A required condition.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Algorithm A general procedure to be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being
|
||
discussed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Definition Guess what this is for.
|
||
The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment
|
||
than for the previous ones.
|
||
The heading (,,definition'') is still set in boldface, along with the number,
|
||
if any, but the rest is set upright.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Example Sk³ad jest podobny do Definition.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Condition
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Problem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Exercise
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem.
|
||
This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Note Set similarly to the Remark environment.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Notation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Claim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Summary
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Acknowledgement
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific
|
||
instances of some condition.
|
||
The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered
|
||
statements.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Conclusion
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Fact
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Proof S³owo ,,
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
Proof
|
||
\shape default
|
||
'' jest pisane kursyw±, but the rest is set upright.
|
||
At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within
|
||
this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with
|
||
different styles) is placed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Address Tu powinien byæ podany sta³y adres autora.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Current\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Address Tu powinien byæ podany czasowy adres autora, gdy wysy³a³
|
||
dokument, o ile jest ró¿ny od podanego powy¿ej w Address.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Email Adres e-mail autora
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
URL Adres strony internetowej autora.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Keywords S³owa kluczowe i frazy u¿ywane do identyfikacji specyficznych dyskutowa
|
||
nych tematów w prasie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and
|
||
described in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Mathematical Reviews
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Dedicatory
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Translator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ponadto, ¶rodowiska automatycznie w³±czaj± pakiety AMS-LaTeX i czcionki
|
||
AMS, które musz± byæ dostêpne w Twoim systemie, aby mo¿na by³o u¿ywaæ tych
|
||
uk³adów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Dinbrief
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
dinbrief
|
||
\family default
|
||
mo¿e byæ u¿yta do pisania listów zgodnie z niemieck± konwencj±.
|
||
Dla Ciebie w folderze
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.../lyx/share/templates
|
||
\family default
|
||
znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy, aby by³o ³atwiej zacz±æ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
paper
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest alternatyw± dla standardowej klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Daje ona podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ, ale mo¿na preferowaæ w tym uk³adzie bezszeryfo
|
||
we tytularia i jeszcze wiêcej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
A&A Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Peter
|
||
\noun default
|
||
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sütterlin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tej sekcji opisano jak mo¿na u¿yæ LyX-a do pisania artyku³ów do pism naukowych
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astronomy and Astrophysics
|
||
\emph default
|
||
oraz
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Supplement Series
|
||
\emph default
|
||
przy u¿yciu klasy dokumentu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aa.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
z pakietu makr wydawnictwa Springer.
|
||
Ten pakiet mo¿e byæ ¶ci±gniêty z serwera ftp Springera
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.springer.de/pub/tex/latex/aa}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Instrukcja do A&A Paper jest dostarczana razem z pakietem.
|
||
Ten tekst nie ma na celu zast±pienia oryginalnej instrukcji ale jest krótkim
|
||
przewodnikiem jak wykorzystaæ ten format.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zaczynamy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Aby zacz±æ nowy dokument wybieramy z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
N
|
||
\bar default
|
||
owy
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Nowy z\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
s
|
||
\bar default
|
||
zablonu
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zalecamy korzystanie z szablonu.
|
||
Either create one yourself, or ask the local system administrator to suply
|
||
a site-wide version.
|
||
Przyk³adowy szablon jest czê¶ci± standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li nie u¿y³e¶ szablonu to zwróæ uwagê na nastêpuj±ce ustawienia:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wybierz klasê dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
paper (A&A)
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tyl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
w zak³adce
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Nie zmieniaj opcji
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tyl strony
|
||
\family default
|
||
: pozostaw
|
||
\family sans
|
||
domy¶lny
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Uk³ad jest zrobiony za pomoc± makr i nie powiniene¶ niczego zmieniaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Mo¿esz chcieæ u¿yæ czcionki
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Times
|
||
\family default
|
||
wybieraj±c z listy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
zcionka
|
||
\family default
|
||
, jako sugerowanej przez wydawnictwo Springer dla jednolitego wygl±du tekstu
|
||
wydruków.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Nag³ówek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pierwsz± rzecz± do wprowadzenia jest dane nag³ówkowe.
|
||
Które zawieraj± osiem wpisów, z których kilka jest opcjonalnych.
|
||
Oto one:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Thesaurus
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane] Zobacz podrêcznik Springera.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subtitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Offprints
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [opcjonalne] je¶li jest wiêcej ni¿ jeden autor, to komu wys³aæ odbitki.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Email
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [opcjonalne] adres e-mail dla kontaktu z autorem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [wymagane].
|
||
Suggested format is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Received: <date> / Accepted <date>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nie potrzeba wydawaæ polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
maketitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
, jest to robione automatycznie przez LyX gdy nag³ówek jest zakoñczony.
|
||
Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised
|
||
to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout
|
||
of the real document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li chcesz umie¶ciæ przypis w nag³ówku, np.
|
||
dla wskazania twojego aktualnego adresu, mo¿esz u¿yæ standardowego przypisu
|
||
za pomoc±
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
rzypis.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
LyX w takim przypadku u¿yje automatycznie okre¶lenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thanks{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In addition to these topics, Springer uses two additional LaTeX commands
|
||
that have no counterpart in LyX:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\family default
|
||
do oddzielenia ró¿nych nazw takich jak autorzy, instytucje.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
inst{<nr>}
|
||
\family default
|
||
to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
|
||
The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
field, so you have to put a marker to each author.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In both cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked
|
||
as LaTeX code.
|
||
See the examples.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Streszczenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Streszczenie powinno siê znajdowaæ bezpo¶rednio za nag³ówkiem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The only special thing about the abstract environment is that it should
|
||
contain an entry with the keywords.
|
||
This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX
|
||
command
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
by hand and mark it as LaTeX code.
|
||
Zobacz przyk³adowy artyku³.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uk³ad A&A paper obs³uguje nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska dla strukturyzacji tekstu:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Acknowledgment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Polecenia nie obs³ugiwane przez LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Kilka poleceñ uk³adu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
paper (A&A)
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwane w LyX-ie.
|
||
Kilka zosta³o ju¿ omówionych.
|
||
Dla kompletno¶ci poni¿ej s± one wszystkie wypisane:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
appendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authorrunning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
inst{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
object{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
titlerunning{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li chcesz u¿yæ którego¶ z tych poleceñ, to musisz wpisaæ je sam.
|
||
I nie zapomnij wpisywaæ je w trybie LaTeX-a!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wstawki -- rysunki i tabele
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX obs³uguje niezbêdne ¶rodowiska wstawek
|
||
\family sans
|
||
figure, figure*, table
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
table*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, dlatego nie wspominamy o nich tutaj wiêcej.
|
||
Zajrzyj do
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Pamiêtaj, ¿e tabele powinny byæ wyrównane lewostronnie.
|
||
Do tego celu wybierz tabelê i zmieñ wyrównanie w
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
A
|
||
\bar default
|
||
kapit.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jest tylko jedna specjalna rzecz: rysunki z podpisami.
|
||
Aby utworzyæ takie rysunki musisz wykonaæ poni¿sze kroki:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Utwórz szerok± wstawkê:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
R
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ysunek(wide)
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wpisz tre¶æ podpisu rysunku.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Naci¶nij
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enter
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby przesun±æ kursor powy¿ej podpisu,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wstaw swój rysunek (eps),
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Ustaw kursor za rysunkiem i wstaw odstêp poziomy:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
Z
|
||
\bar default
|
||
nak specjalny
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
H
|
||
\bar default
|
||
Fill
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
M-c\InsetSpace ~
|
||
t
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wpisz:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{55mm}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Nie zamykaj nawiasu!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Ustaw kursor za podpisem, prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX-a i wstaw brakuj±cy
|
||
nawias
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
,,}
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zobacz tak¿e rysunek w przyk³adowym artykule.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Szablon referatu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing
|
||
layout.
|
||
For this purpose, you have to give the option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
referee
|
||
\family default
|
||
to the documentclass.
|
||
This must be done using the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
E
|
||
\bar under
|
||
x
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tra\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
field in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
popup.
|
||
Just enter the string
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
referee
|
||
\family default
|
||
there.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przyk³ad
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W folderze
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Examples
|
||
\family default
|
||
znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy artyku³ napisany w LyX-ie.
|
||
To jest przyk³ad z oryginalnago pakietu makr Springera przet³umaczonego
|
||
do LyX-a.
|
||
U¿yj go jako inspiracjê i porównanie oryginalnego kodu LaTeX-a z LyX-owym
|
||
sposobem pisania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AASTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Mike Ressler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
AASTeX jest zestawem makr wydanych przez American Astronomical Society dla
|
||
u³atwienia wysy³ania elektronicznych manuskryptów do trzech pism wydawanych
|
||
przez Towarzystwo:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astrophysical Journal
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(w³±czaj±c Listy i Suplement),
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astronomical Journal
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
LyX wymaga co najmniej wersji 5.0 tych makr.
|
||
Wersje starsze od 5.0 s± przeznaczone dla LaTeX2.09 i s± niekompatybilne
|
||
z LyX-em.
|
||
Pakiet AASTeX mo¿na pobraæ z serwera ftp AAS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize
|
||
yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX.
|
||
LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it
|
||
will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
|
||
It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document
|
||
conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are
|
||
submitting your paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Starting a New Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file.
|
||
Click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New from template
|
||
\family default
|
||
, enter the new file name, then choose the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aastex.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template.
|
||
This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
|
||
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) with the correct information.
|
||
Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly
|
||
in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffilmark
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiltext
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the
|
||
template file.
|
||
For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and
|
||
marked as such.
|
||
Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text.
|
||
I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but
|
||
there is still more required than any of us would like.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Finishing Your Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
|
||
there are a few
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
postprocessing
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Export your paper as a LaTeX file (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
as LateX
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Edit the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file with your favorite text editor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove the comment lines before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage...{fontenc}
|
||
\family default
|
||
line if it appears (usually just after
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
}; also remove the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
secnumdepth
|
||
\family default
|
||
line if it appears.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove everything between (and including) the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble
|
||
(which should appear immediately after the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
User specified LaTeX commands
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
comment in the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
search for any
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands and replace
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
FileName
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
with the correct, real file name.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
alter any
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cite
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, if necessary (see section
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cite}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
below).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats
|
||
are correct.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Submit it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Comments On Specific Commands
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands:
|
||
the AASTeX User Guide (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aasguide.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
) gives a good description of each.
|
||
Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide
|
||
and offer comments where necessary.
|
||
So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that work as expected
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section
|
||
they are found in:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
title
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
author
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
affil
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
section
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsubsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{displaymath}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{equation}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{eqnarray}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{mathletters}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{thebibliography}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{table}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
label
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4, amongst other places),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablerefs
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablecomments
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.16).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following style options also work correctly:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preprint
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preprint2
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
eqsecnum
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
flushrt
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3, 3.1, 3.2).
|
||
Simply put them in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Extra Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
box in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that work, but require more comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following items work, but require a little more discussion:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put
|
||
them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
received
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
revised
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ccc
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cpright
|
||
\family default
|
||
(all from 2.1.3)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks
|
||
in the template file:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slugcomment
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
shorttitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
shortauthors
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.5)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3) -- can only be used
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
standalone
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
|
||
Use ERT if you need to embed it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3) -- will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notetoeditor
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.6) -- can only be used
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
standalone
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
|
||
Use ERT if you need to embed it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placetable
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name
|
||
by hand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placefigure
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.8) -- same as for
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placetable
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
acknowledgements
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.9) -- will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
appendix
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.10) -- will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.2) -- you will have to edit the optional argument by hand in the final
|
||
LaTeX file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things not implemented, use ERT
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffilmark
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiltext
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
eqnum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setcounter{equation}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citet
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citep
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.12.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figurenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
epsscale
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plotone
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plottwo
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tableline
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where
|
||
you want it.
|
||
Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenotemark
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenotetext
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.5), most everything in Misc (2.15, except
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email
|
||
\family default
|
||
; see above),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
singlespace
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
doublespace
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onecolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
twocolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that cannot be implemented
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them.
|
||
They are the references environment (2.12.3), and the deluxetable environment
|
||
(2.14).
|
||
If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in
|
||
a separate file with a text editor, then using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Include File
|
||
\family default
|
||
to include it in your LyX document.
|
||
See the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aas_sample.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
file to see an example of this.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document
|
||
class.
|
||
When all else fails, do this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX.
|
||
Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into
|
||
a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sample.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Make certain that
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aastex.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
appears in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
~/.lyx/layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Rerun
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Options\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Reconfigure
|
||
\family default
|
||
in LyX, then restart LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Open a regular new file, not from a template.
|
||
Does AASTeX appear in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Class
|
||
\family default
|
||
?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able
|
||
to find the AASTeX layout or a message about
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, things haven't been installed correctly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
LaTeX error processing a table
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title.
|
||
This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere
|
||
in the caption/title, then select
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then set the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Alignment
|
||
\family default
|
||
to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Block
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This took care of it for me.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
References
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A few things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries
|
||
in the text.
|
||
When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is
|
||
\emph on
|
||
no
|
||
\emph default
|
||
space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
|
||
\emph on
|
||
e.g.
|
||
\emph default
|
||
type
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Ressler(1992)
|
||
\family default
|
||
, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Ressler (1992)
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
2) I am really unhappy that I can't make
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citet
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citep
|
||
\family default
|
||
more automatic, but that would require changes to the LyX source code.
|
||
For now you can do one of two things: a) enter all your citations using
|
||
the built-in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Citation Reference
|
||
\family default
|
||
mechanism; at least you can take advantage of the automatic insertions.
|
||
Then edit the exported LaTeX file by hand changing the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cite
|
||
\family default
|
||
entries to the appropriate
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citet
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citep
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands before you submit it (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cite
|
||
\family default
|
||
is currently equivalent to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citet
|
||
\family default
|
||
, so you wouldn't necessarily have to change those).
|
||
Or b) you can simply enter all your citations as ERT using the same key
|
||
for the argument that you used in the bibliography popup,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
e.g.
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citet{key}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Neither choice is pleasant, but until LyX's citation mechanism understands
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
natbib
|
||
\family default
|
||
, we'll have to put up with it.
|
||
3) Entering the references at all is not obvious.
|
||
The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of
|
||
the document, then mark it as type
|
||
\family sans
|
||
References
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
|
||
Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
|
||
For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
|
||
That will create a new line with its own box, etc.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
W³±czanie plików EPS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
With all due respect to Chris Biemesderfer and the others who have helped
|
||
to write the AASTeX package, the figure handling mechanism smells really
|
||
foul.
|
||
You can insert the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plotone
|
||
\family default
|
||
, etc.
|
||
commands as ERT into a Figure Float box, but I never have much luck getting
|
||
the layout right.
|
||
My advice would be to avoid all EPS inclusions in the manuscript you submit
|
||
to the journal, but then use the standard LyX EPS file inclusion mechanism
|
||
when you want to make your nicer looking preprints.
|
||
LyX will insert a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphics}
|
||
\family default
|
||
command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard
|
||
LaTeX2e way.
|
||
Anyone who attempts to print your AASTeX 5.0 manuscript must have a LaTeX2e
|
||
installation anyway, so why not take advantage of the infinitely better
|
||
graphics handling mechanism? If they complain about LaTeX2e or the graphics
|
||
package, point out that it appears in the second edition of Lamport (1994),
|
||
so it was time to upgrade six years ago.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things I could have done, but didn't
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a few ,,pretty'' things I could have implemented, but chose not
|
||
to.
|
||
For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window,
|
||
even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
|
||
Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2
|
||
styles.
|
||
Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript
|
||
mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
|
||
If you feel strongly that I should make such layouts, I will adhere to
|
||
the spirit of the rules laid out by the Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and
|
||
Boomerang-Throwing Association:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
,,Decisions of the judges will be final unless shouted down by a really
|
||
overwhelming majority of the crowd present.
|
||
Abusive and obscene language may not be used by contestants when addressing
|
||
members of the judging panel, or, conversely, by members of the judging
|
||
panel when addressing contestants (unless struck by a boomerang)''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Final Caveat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm,
|
||
,,I have only proved this to be correct, I have not actually tried it''.
|
||
I believe following the above procedures will produce an acceptable AASTeX
|
||
document, but as of this update (Jan 25, 2000), I have not yet submitted
|
||
a paper using it.
|
||
Hopefully in the next few months \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
ijmpd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Panayotis Papasotiriou
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript
|
||
submission to the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
International Journal of Modern Physics D
|
||
\emph default
|
||
published by World Scientific.
|
||
The name of the document class is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpd.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded
|
||
from the site
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
article
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package.
|
||
Most of its features are supported by LyX.
|
||
I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to
|
||
the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
International Journal of Modern Physics D
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Writing a paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
|
||
Click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New from
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
emplate
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then choose the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpd.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template.
|
||
This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
|
||
fields found in a manuscript.
|
||
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) with the correct information.
|
||
You should keep in mind the following remarks.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
|
||
because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not
|
||
be changed.
|
||
Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used.
|
||
To do this, click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
references
|
||
\family default
|
||
, select the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Language
|
||
\family default
|
||
tab (under the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lang Opts
|
||
\family default
|
||
tab), then deselect the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
se babel
|
||
\family default
|
||
option and click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
A
|
||
\bar default
|
||
pply
|
||
\family default
|
||
(or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Save
|
||
\family default
|
||
, if you wish to make this change permanent).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Two new environments, named
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Proof
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are available (their use is obvious).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Appendices may be added to the paper.
|
||
LyX offers a special environment, called
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Appendix
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
which marks the beginning of the appendix.
|
||
An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does.
|
||
As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption
|
||
is ignored.
|
||
If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float
|
||
in a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file, then include this file to the LyX document (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
I
|
||
\bar default
|
||
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Inclu
|
||
\bar under
|
||
d
|
||
\bar default
|
||
e file
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpd.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which is included in the ijmpd package.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Preparing a paper for submission
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX
|
||
file (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ateX
|
||
\family default
|
||
), then make the following changes to the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Remove the comment lines before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Remove everything between (and including) the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The modified
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary.
|
||
You may also want to check the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Use of ERT
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
U¿ycie wstawek ERT jest opcjonalne i jest zredukowane do trzech poleceñ,
|
||
which affect the look of the page.
|
||
If you started writing your paper by using the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpd.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need
|
||
to delete it.
|
||
You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to
|
||
the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title,
|
||
respectively).
|
||
This ERT must have the form
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Kluwer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Panayotis Papasotiriou
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przegl±d
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet Kluwer jest zestawem makr wydanych przez Kluwer Academic Publishers
|
||
aby u³atwiæ elektroniczn± wysy³kê manuskryptów do pism wydawanych przez
|
||
wydawnictwo.
|
||
Najbardziej znane z nich (at least in my domain of interest), to
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astrophysics and Space Science
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Solar Physics
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, ale istnieje wiele innych (zobacz kompletn± listê pod adresem
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Pakiet Kluwer mo¿na pobraæ z serwisu
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Kompletna dokumentacja jest zawarta w pakiecie (ale mo¿na pobraæ j± oddzielnie).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX obs³uguje wiele cech pakietu ale nie wszystkie.
|
||
Mimo to wstawki ERT s± potrzebne do redukcji ,,osobliwych'' poleceñ pakietu
|
||
(zobacz
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Ja ostatnio napisa³em bez ¿adnych problemów artyku³ wys³any do pisma
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astrophysics and Space Science
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Pisanie artyku³ów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Naj³atwiejsz± drog± do napisania nowego artyku³u jest skorzystanie z szablonu.
|
||
Wybierz polecenie z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Nowy z szablonu
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a nastêpnie wybierz plik szablonu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kluwer.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Otrzymasz wówczas (prawie) pusty dokument, który zawiera wiêkszo¶æ pól
|
||
z manuskryptu z krótkim opisem ich u¿ycia.
|
||
I jak w wiêkszo¶ci szablonów zast±p istniej±ce teksty (w³±czaj±c nawiasy
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) poprawnymi informacjami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przygotowanie artyku³u do wys³ania
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podobnie jak przy pakiecie AASTeX przed wysy³k± artyku³u do wydawnictwa,
|
||
artyku³ nale¿y przetworzyæ, co opisano dalej w kolejnych krokach:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wyeksportuj artyku³ do pliku LaTeX.
|
||
Zrób to przez wybór polecenia z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
aTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wyedytuj uzyskany plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
w edytorze tekstowym dokonuj±c nastêpuj±cych zmian:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
usuñ wiersze komentarza przed poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
usuñ wszystko pomiêdzy dyrektywami
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
w³±cznie, z wyj±tkiem Twoich specyficznych poleceñ wstawionych do preambu³y.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zapisz uzyskany plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Przetwórz plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
przez LaTeX tyle razy ile potrzeba (zwykle do trzech razy).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Zobacz utworzony plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
korzystaj±c z przegl±darki np.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
xdvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
i sprawd¼ czy wszystko jest ok (tak powinno byæ je¶li nie pope³ni³e¶ b³êdów).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
,,Osobliwo¶ci'' pakietu Kluwer
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet Kluwer posiada nastêpuj±ce ,,osobliwo¶ci'':
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Jest mo¿liwe pisanie wielu artyku³ów w tym samym pliku LaTeX-a
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nie mogê wyobraziæ sobie innego dobrego powodu aby to zrobiæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Ka¿dy artyku³ musi byæ zawarty w ¶rodowisku ,,article''.
|
||
Niestety, tego ¶rodowiska nie mo¿na pomin±æ, nawet je¶li piszemy tylko
|
||
jeden artyku³.
|
||
Dlatego ka¿dy artyku³ zaczyna siê poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{article}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i koñczy oczywi¶cie poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{article}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Mimo to mo¿na to zaimplementowaæ w LyX-ie, ale ja nie do³±czam tego, od
|
||
czasu jak to wygl±da brzydko i mo¿e peszyæ nowych u¿ytkowników.
|
||
Dlatego Ty potrzebujesz wpisaæ te polecenia wprost jako kod LaTeX (jako
|
||
wstawki ERT).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Informacje podane na pocz±tku artyku³u (np.: title, subtitle, author, institution
|
||
, running title, running author, abstract i keywords) musz± znajdowaæ siê
|
||
w\InsetSpace ~
|
||
¶rodowisku ,,opening''.
|
||
Tego nie zaimplementowano w LyX-ie, tak ¿e Ty musisz umie¶ciæ title, subtitle
|
||
itd.
|
||
pomiêdzy dwoma wstawkami ERT (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{opening}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{opening}
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Wed³ug podrêcznika u¿ytkownika etykieta ka¿dej pozycji bibliografii musi
|
||
byæ zapisana jako
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
protect
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citeauthoryear{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
author(s)
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
year
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Szablon
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kluwer.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
zajmuje siê tymi wszystkimi ,,osobliwo¶ciami'' Je¶li zaczynasz z nowym
|
||
artyku³em korzystaj±c z tego szablonu, to nie potrzebujesz robiæ nic specjalneg
|
||
o.
|
||
Tylko:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
nie usuwaj wstawek ERT do³±czonych do szablonu i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
skopiuj przyk³adow± bibliografiê do³±czona do szablonu i dostosuj j± przez
|
||
dopisanie nowych pozycji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Koma-Script
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Bernd Rellermeyer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przegl±d
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX-owe klasy dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
odpowiadaj± LaTeX-owym klasom odpowiednio
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrartcl.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrreprt.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrbook.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, z rodziny Koma-Script.
|
||
Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy dokumentu odpowiednio
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
report.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
book.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
letter.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, i s± bli¿sze europejskim konwencjom typograficznym
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Standardow± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 11pt w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, oraz 12pt w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Tytularia, etykiety opisu ¶rodowisk i kilka elementów klasy
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
s± sk³adane czcionk± pó³grub± bezszeryfow±
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istnieje du¿a ró¿nica pomiêdzy starymi pó³grubymi czcionkami bezszeryfowymi
|
||
rodziny cm, a nowymi rodziny ec, szczególnie w wygl±dzie tytulariów.
|
||
Dla porównania pó³gruba czcionka bezszeryfowa rodziny ec wygl±da na troszkê
|
||
cieñsz±.
|
||
Pakiet LaTeX-a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmsd.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
autorstwa
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Walter Schmidta
|
||
\shape default
|
||
pomaga tworzyæ ,,zwyk³y'' wygl±d przy u¿yciu czcionek ec.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Numeracja tytu³ów rozdzia³ów jest zrobiona tak samo jak numeracja sekcji,
|
||
czyli bez wiersza ,,Rozdzia³\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
''.
|
||
Ponadto wygl±d tytulariów mo¿e byæ zmieniony za pomoc± kilku opcji (w LyX-ie
|
||
wprowadza siê je w polach
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opcje Dodatkowe
|
||
\family default
|
||
wywo³anym z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
G³ównym zamierzeniem projektowania obszaru pisania klas dokumentu Koma-Script
|
||
s± opcje
|
||
\family sans
|
||
BCOR
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
DIV
|
||
\family default
|
||
(w LyX-ie wprowadza siê je w polach
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opcje Dodatkowe
|
||
\family default
|
||
wywo³anym z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Dziêki nim mamy klarown± mo¿liwo¶æ zmiany szeroko¶ci marginesów jako opcje
|
||
w menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Klasy LaTeX-owe rodziny Koma-Script definiuj± kilka dodatkowych poleceñ.
|
||
Czê¶æ z nich, które maj± sens w LyX-ie s± zaimplementowane w odpowiednich
|
||
¶rodowiskach.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny
|
||
Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguide
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istnieje angielskie t³umaczenie --
|
||
\emph on
|
||
screnggu
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, ale nie jest kompletne
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Dalsze punkty opisuj± tylko te aspekty, które s± zwi±zane z LyX-em.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Klasy article (koma-script), report (koma-script) i book (koma-script)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasy dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
s± zaimplementowane w plikach uk³adu, odpowiednio:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrartcl.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrreprt.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrbook.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zawieraj± one wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiednich standardowych klas dokumentu
|
||
odpowiednio
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owego ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\family default
|
||
, które jest zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
o takiej samej funkcji.
|
||
Jednak ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
zosta³o dodane do kilku nowych ¶rodowisk, ale nie s± one czê¶ci± klasy
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
: s± odpowiednikami dla
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Chapter*
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, dodatkowo daj± wpis do spisu tre¶ci.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie istnieje w klasie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap*
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec*
|
||
\family default
|
||
: zachowuj± siê dok³adnie tak jak
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
, additionally clearing running heads.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap*
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie istnieje w klasie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Minisec
|
||
\family default
|
||
: generuje tytu³ tu¿ nad nastêpnym akapitem w standardowej wielko¶ci czcionki
|
||
bez wp³ywu na strukturê dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska, razem ze standardowymi:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, tworz± stronê tytu³ow± dokumentu.
|
||
Musz± byæ wstawione na pocz±tku pierwszego ,,normalnego'' akapitu
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Odpowiednie polecenia LaTeX musz± pojawiæ siê przed poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
maketitle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Gdy dane ¶rodowisko jest u¿yte czê¶ciej ni¿ jeden raz, to zostanie uwzglêdnione
|
||
tylko ostatnie jego wyst±pienie w tek¶cie.
|
||
Te dodatkowe ¶rodowiska, podobnie jak
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, nie wp³ywaj± na wygl±d tworzonego dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
) z tematem dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Publishers
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
) z nazw± wydawcy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dedication
|
||
\family default
|
||
: w klasach
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± na oddzielnej stronie za stron±
|
||
tytu³ow±, a w klasie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Titlehead
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy wyrównany do lewej powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
) dla nag³ówka dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Uppertitleback
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
na tyle strony tytu³owej u góry wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku
|
||
druku jednostronnego lub klasy
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
nie jest sk³adane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lowertitleback
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
na tyle strony tytu³owej u do³u wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku
|
||
druku jednostronnego lub klasy
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
nie jest sk³adane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Extratitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy specjaln± ,,brudn±'' stronê na pocz±tku dokumentu zawieraj±c± akapit
|
||
bez specjalnego formatowania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pliki uk³adu dla klas dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
w³±czaj± plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrmacros.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Który jest w³a¶ciwym miejscem do definiowania w³asnych ¶rodowisk.
|
||
Skopiuj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrmacros.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
do swojego osobistego foldera uk³adów i wyedytuj go!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Klasa letter (koma-script)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status inlined
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Klasa dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jest zaimplementowana w pliku uk³adu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zawiera on wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiadaj±ce standardowej klasie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owych ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
-
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Code
|
||
\family default
|
||
, które s± zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
o takiej samej funkcji.
|
||
Ponadto zawiera, w odró¿nieniu od standardowej klasy, standardowe ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dodatkowo jest kilka nowych specyficznych ¶rodowisk.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status inlined
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wygl±d listu z³o¿onego w tej klasie dokumentu mo¿e byæ sterowany za pomoc±
|
||
kilku poleceñ LaTeX-a (w LyX-ie mo¿na je wprowadziæ wybieraj±c z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
reambu³a LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Na przyk³ad, standardowy wygl±d nag³ówka listu zawieraj±cy nazwê i adres
|
||
jest ca³kowicie self-willed.
|
||
,,Podstawowy'' nag³ówek jest tworzony za pomoc± nastêpuj±cych poleceñ w
|
||
preambule:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
firsthead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromname
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromaddress}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
nexthead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromname
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hfill
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pagename
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Dziêki temu autor listu mo¿e utworzyæ swój w³asny uk³ad.
|
||
Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny
|
||
Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
definiuj± pocz±tek listu i musz± byæ u¿yte w ka¿dym li¶cie.
|
||
Dla podkre¶lenia ich w dokumencie, s± zaznaczone literami odpowiednio
|
||
\family sans
|
||
L
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family sans
|
||
O
|
||
\family default
|
||
na lewym marginesie.
|
||
To umo¿liwia napisanie dowolnej liczby listów w jednym pliku.
|
||
¦rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
tworzy nowy list u¿ywaj±c tego samego adresu, a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
tworzy nowy adres.
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PS
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CC
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Encl
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± podstawowymi ¶rodowiskami i mog± byæ u¿ywane wielokrotnie w tym samym
|
||
li¶cie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit na adres i definiuje pocz±tek listu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit dla adresu i zaczyna nowy list.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit na tekst zamykaj±cy list.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PS
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit na Postscriptum.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CC
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit na listê rozdzielnika (Do wiadomo¶ci).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Encl
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tworzy akapit dla za³±czników.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Backaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Specialmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Location
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
wy¶wietlaj± etykiety, dla u³atwienia wpisywania, których zawarto¶æ jest
|
||
przetwarzana przez klasê letter (Koma-Script)
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
described above are not such input types as well.
|
||
Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented
|
||
them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
|
||
Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
type and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
type had such a serious different appearance.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte na pocz±tku odpowiedniego ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Implementacja tych ¶rodowisk w trybie WYSIWYG nie ma sensu, poniewa¿ rzeczywisty
|
||
wygl±d z³o¿onego listu zale¿y nie tylko od u¿ycia w³a¶ciwego ¶rodowiska,
|
||
ale tak¿e innych czynników.
|
||
Na przyk³ad podpis wprowadzony w ¶rodowisku
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
bêdzie pojawia³ siê tylko w li¶cie, w którym u¿yto ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
standardowo nie bêdzie pojawiaæ siê przy wszystkich z³o¿onych listach.
|
||
Mo¿liwo¶æ projektowania wolnych nag³ówków listu jest ju¿ wspomniana w przypisie
|
||
powy¿ej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
¦rodowiska mog± byæ tak¿e u¿ywane jako puste akapity.
|
||
To ma sens np.
|
||
dla ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie zosta³o w ogóle u¿yte, to standardowo jest zastêpowane zawarto¶ci±
|
||
¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
, ale je¶li mamy puste ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
to nie jest niczym zastêpowane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przez u¿ycie ¶rodowisk mo¿na utworzyæ szablon listu, z czê¶ciowo wype³nionymi
|
||
polami ¶rodowisk (np.
|
||
Name, Address itd).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
: nazwa nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku
|
||
listu.
|
||
Tekst pisany jest du¿ymi literami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
: podpis nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê poni¿ej tre¶ci ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
to zamiast niego pojawia siê zawarto¶æ
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
: adres nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku
|
||
listu, poni¿ej nazwy nadawcy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
: numer telefonu nadawcy, pojawia siê tylko, gdy jest w³±czona zmienna LaTeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
telephonenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
: miejsce napisania listu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
: data napisania listu.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
standardowo sk³adane s± w wierszu poni¿ej pola adresu nadawcy wyrównane
|
||
do prawej.
|
||
Je¶li ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest puste, to zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie pojawi siê.
|
||
Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, to domy¶lnie pobierana jest data sk³adu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Backaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
: adres zwrotny, standardowo sk³adany jest powy¿ej adresu docelowego ma³±
|
||
czcionk± bezszeryfow±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Specialmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
: uwagi dla poczty (np.
|
||
do r±k w³asnych), standardowo pojawiaj± siê pomiêdzy adresem zwrotnym a
|
||
docelowym, i s± podkre¶lone.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Location
|
||
\family default
|
||
: dodatkowa informacja, standardowo pojawia siê przy prawym marginesie poni¿ej
|
||
adresu docelowego.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
: tytu³ listu, standardowo pojawia siê z³o¿ony wielk± i pó³grub± czcionk±
|
||
bezszeryfow± powy¿ej tematu listu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
: temat listu, standard z³o¿ony jest czcionk± pó³grub± powy¿ej akapitu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Myref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Customer
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Invoice
|
||
\family default
|
||
tworz± listy firmowe przez z³o¿enie zawarto¶ci tych ¶rodowisk powy¿ej wiersza
|
||
tytu³owego.
|
||
Dla pola daty u¿ywana jest zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li wykorzystane jest choæ jedno ze ¶rodowisk ,,biznesowych'', to zawarto¶æ
|
||
¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie jest sk³adana, tylko ustawiana jest zmienna LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
-
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromplace
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte przed odpowiednim ¶rodowiskiem
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourref
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Wasz znak (Your ref.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Wasz list (Your letter of.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Myref
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Nasz znak (Our ref.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Customer
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Klient (Customer no.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Invoice
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Nr faktury (Invoice no.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Problemy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przedstawienie WYSIWYG w LyX-ie dokumentów w klasie Koma-Script powoduje
|
||
kilka problemów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Numery rozdzia³ów ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Chapter
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± wy¶wietlane w wierszu powy¿ej tytu³u rozdzia³u.
|
||
Taki przypadek jest spowodowany wewnêtrznym przetwarzaniem przez LyX ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Counter_Chapter
|
||
\family default
|
||
w pliku uk³adu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Tytu³y ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± wstawione tylko do ,,prawdziwego'' LaTeX-owego spisu tre¶ci, a nie s±
|
||
wy¶wietlane LyX-owym spisie tre¶ci (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
N
|
||
\bar default
|
||
awigacja
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Tryb separacji akapitów w dokumencie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
wy¶wietlany jest jako odstêp, a nie wciêcie.
|
||
To jest standardowe zachowanie, do tego nie potrzeba ¿adnego polecenia
|
||
LaTeX-a.
|
||
Ale w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
odpowiedni prze³±cznik wskazuje na za³±czony tryb
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
W
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ciêcie
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Tryb
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
O
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dstêp
|
||
\family default
|
||
daje efekt po u¿yciu odpowiedniego polecenia LaTeX-a wstawionego do dokumentu
|
||
do wytworzenia odstêpu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Springer Journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
svjour
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Opis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj opisujemy klasy i pliki uk³adu u¿ywanych dla niektórych pism wydawanych
|
||
przez wydawnictwo Springer Verlag i wymienionych na stronie
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, sk±d powiniene¶ móc pobraæ pliki klasy (tak, oczywi¶cie teraz dla LaTeX2e!).
|
||
To jest modularny system: wspólne czê¶ci dla wszystkich pism s± zaimplementowan
|
||
e w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjour.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
, z którego korzystaj± specyficzne dla danego pisma pliki uk³adu (np.:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dla
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geodesy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
) .
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Oznacza to, ¿e implementacja wsparcia dla innego pisma wydawnictwa Springer
|
||
wymaga napisania w³asnego pliku uk³adu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sv
|
||
\family default
|
||
<myjournal>
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
na podstawie pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa dokumentu LyX-a by³a testowana tylko dla pisma
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geodesy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Pliki
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjour
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± zawarte w standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a.
|
||
Zainstaluj pobran± z serwera wydawnictwa Springer odpowiedni± klasê LaTeX-ow±
|
||
w odpowiednim katalogu TeX-a, od¶wie¿ bazê pakietów TeX-a (w teTeX-u uruchom
|
||
polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
texhash
|
||
\family default
|
||
, jako root je¶li jest to niezbêdne), zrekonfiguruj LyX-a i powinno ju¿
|
||
dzia³aæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Nowe style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Du¿a liczba stylów typu theorem --
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Claim, Conjecture,
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute,
|
||
Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zobacz dokumentacjê do pakietu aby poznaæ szczegó³y.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Obs³ugiwane pisma
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geodesy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
-- Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Probability Theory and Related Fields
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svprobth.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
-- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dodaj w³asne -- to nie jest trudne!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Podziêkowania
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Te pliki bazuj± czê¶ciowo na starszym pliku uk³adu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
, który bazowa³ na starym stylu LaTeX 2.09 z wydawnictwa Springer.
|
||
Wszystko to i uk³ad
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2
|
||
\family default
|
||
teraz nie dzia³a.
|
||
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes bardzo pomóg³ mi znale¼æ drogê implementacji uk³adu
|
||
w LyX-ie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
B³êdy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Prawdopodobne.
|
||
Ale prawdopodobnie mniej ni¿ w starej klasie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ograniczenia np.: nie wy¶wietla numeru ¶rodowisk typu theorem, w tej chwili
|
||
#.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AGU journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
aguplus
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical
|
||
Society.
|
||
It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus
|
||
installed (everything to be found at
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Redefined are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paragraph*
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents
|
||
in the AGU classes are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsubsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsubsection*
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Newly defined styles are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Left_Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Received
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revised
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CCC
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PaperId
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
AuthorAddr
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
SlugComment
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati
|
||
on.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I suspect this is still badly incomplete.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New floats
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Planotable
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Plate
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
We also have a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Table_Caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Supported journals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geophysical Research
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jgrga.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
-- Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jgrga.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
example and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aguplus.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
EGS journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
egs
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals.
|
||
The needed
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
egs.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received,
|
||
Accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Offsets
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit
|
||
from using the various
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
std*.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
file inclusions.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Slides [aka
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sli
|
||
\noun default
|
||
TeX]
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
John Weiss
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników.
|
||
Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX.
|
||
W tej sekcji opisano pierwsz± z nich.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie bu³o nieporozumieñ:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
|
||
\size large
|
||
Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje
|
||
\emph on
|
||
tylko
|
||
\emph default
|
||
klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (default)
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Klasa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
[
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
''] jest aktualnie trochê lepsza ni¿ domy¶lnie klasa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
lub tak powtarzam za jej adwokatami.
|
||
Nigdy jej nie u¿ywa³em i nie wiem czy to jest prawda czy nie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ta klasa jest ulepszeniem LaTeX2e starego pakietu
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sli
|
||
\noun default
|
||
TeX package.
|
||
Ka¿da dystrybucja LaTeX2e zawiera tê klasê [któr±, od teraz, bêdê nazywa³
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
''], tak wiêc jeste¶ zmuszony j± mieæ.
|
||
Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej istniej± inne klasy, jak np.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
, które tak¿e tworz± slajdy do rzutnika i wykonuj± to zadanie lepiej ni¿
|
||
ta.
|
||
Jednak istnieje kilka rzeczy, które klasa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
mo¿e zrobiæ, a inne nie, np.
|
||
generowanie overlays.
|
||
Czytaj dalej aby dowiedzieæ siê wiêcej!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zaczynamy
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (default)
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' z listy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lass
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Jest kilka rzeczy, które powiniene¶ wiedzieæ o tej klasie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Nie zmieniaj opcji
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Strony i Page cols
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
W oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
lista styli dostêpna w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
agestyle
|
||
\family default
|
||
zachowuje siê troszkê inaczej dla tej klasy.
|
||
Dostêpne s± nastepuj±ce style:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszony zostanie numer slajdu,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
headings
|
||
\family default
|
||
Podobnie jak
|
||
\family sans
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
, ale dodatkowo zostana wstawione krzy¿yki w rogach folii dla dok³adnego
|
||
pozycjonowania przy nak³adaniu folii jedna na drug±.
|
||
To jest styl domy¶lny.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
empty
|
||
\family default
|
||
Nie jest dodawany numer, data ani znaczniki wyrównania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Klasa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
posiada dodatkow± opcjê:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Aby j± u¿yæ, wpisz ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opcje doda
|
||
\bar under
|
||
t
|
||
\bar default
|
||
kowe
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokument
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
U¿ycie tej opcji pozwala dodaæ znacznik daty do
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿yæ szablonu ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
slides.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' aby automatycznie ustawiæ klasê nowego dokumentu na
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
[za pomoca polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Nowy z\InsetSpace ~
|
||
szablonu
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby utworzyæ nowy dokument].
|
||
Plik szablonu zawiera tak¿e kilka przyk³adów specjalnych ¶rodowisk akapitów
|
||
taj klasy.
|
||
Bêdzie to opisane dalej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
¦rodowiska akapitów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pierwsz± rzecz±, któr± powiniene¶ zauwa¿yæ gdy zaczynasz nowy dokument slajdów
|
||
jest rozmiar i typ czcionki: odpowiednio ,,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Largest
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' i czcionka bezszeryfowa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Sans\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Serif
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This is also what's used in the output.
|
||
Think of this as a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
visual cue
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to remind you that this is a slide.
|
||
Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space.
|
||
Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment
|
||
pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
|
||
Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
|
||
There are also four new ones.
|
||
That's because the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wszystkie inne standardowe ¶rodowiska w³±czaj±c ¶rodowiska sekcji nie s±
|
||
u¿ywane w klasie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Z drugiej za¶ strony zauwa¿ysz nowe ¶rodowiska:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In prior versions of this class, there was the mandatory
|
||
\family sans
|
||
EndAllSlides
|
||
\family default
|
||
paragraph environment.
|
||
\family sans
|
||
EndAllSlides
|
||
\family default
|
||
is deprecated; it will convert to a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
You should probably remove it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These five are kind of quirky, due to a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
feature
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in LyX.
|
||
You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment
|
||
into an empty environment.
|
||
Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start
|
||
a slide with anything except plain text.
|
||
To deal with this, I've performed a little
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX magic.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Quirks of the New Environments
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent
|
||
limitiations in the current version of LyX.
|
||
As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme
|
||
nt.
|
||
To get around this, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You should consider
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
to be ,,pseudo-environments''.
|
||
They look like a section heading or a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment.
|
||
Likewise, treat
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Invisible Text
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pseudo-commands.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
These two perform some action.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A common feature of all five environments,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, is a rather long-ish label.
|
||
The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph
|
||
environment --- is utterly irrelevant for
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
LyX completely ignores it.
|
||
In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
While you don't
|
||
\emph on
|
||
have
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to.
|
||
This could be a short description of the contents of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, for example.
|
||
In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Return
|
||
\family default
|
||
as you normally would.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text,
|
||
you'll hit another LyX quirk.
|
||
LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph
|
||
environment until you put something in the old one.
|
||
So, do this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Start entering the text that will
|
||
\emph on
|
||
follow
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Next, hit
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Return
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Tworzenie prezentacji u¿ywaj±c
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
U¿ycie ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio
|
||
n, you'll be sorely disappointed.
|
||
Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
|
||
Filling in the contents, however, is up to you.
|
||
[Then again, that
|
||
\emph on
|
||
is
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the LyX philosophy.]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Choosing the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh].
|
||
The label for this environment/
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pseudo-command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is an
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in cool blue, followed by the label,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewSlide:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
|
||
It's that simple.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX.
|
||
In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
|
||
If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra
|
||
overflows onto a new slide.
|
||
I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have
|
||
any page number on it.
|
||
Furthermore, it may interfere with any
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
you've made to accompany the oversized
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments work the same way as the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment.
|
||
They both create an
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
followed by a label [
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewOverlay:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewNote:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, respectively].
|
||
The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will look different, in style and in length.
|
||
The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As with a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, if the contents of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow
|
||
onto a new sheet.
|
||
Again, you should avoid this.
|
||
It defeats the whole purpose of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
U¿ycie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
ze
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The idea behind an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is a slide that sits atop another slide.
|
||
Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
before displaying the text associated with it.
|
||
One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of
|
||
the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
you want to display later.
|
||
This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
|
||
for example.
|
||
You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
|
||
overlapping
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s to align the two graphs.
|
||
The use of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment in both cases makes life much easier.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Each
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
receives the page number of its
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, appended by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Presumably, mutliple
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s would have
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-b
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-c
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, etc.\InsetSpace ~
|
||
appended to the page number of the parent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
as ,,part of'' a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Indeed, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shorter than that at the start of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers
|
||
in all four corners of both the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
page and its parent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the
|
||
two transparencies.
|
||
How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse
|
||
still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there
|
||
is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try
|
||
and insert vertical space of the right size.
|
||
The better way is to use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As their names imply,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text
|
||
invisible and visible, respectively.
|
||
Note from section\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
that you don't place anything
|
||
\emph on
|
||
into
|
||
\emph default
|
||
these two environments, however.
|
||
When you create an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<Invisible Text Follows>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
[or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, the corresponding centered label is
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<Visible Text Follows>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in blazing green.
|
||
Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
|
||
Note that the beginning of a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
automatically shuts off an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It's therefore not necessary to use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
at the end of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using
|
||
the proper combination of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
on a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Create a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide
|
||
or on the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, insert an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment.
|
||
If necessary, insert a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment after the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
-only text.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Start an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
immediately following the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Copy the contents of this
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
into the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Within the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, change all of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
lines to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and vice-versa.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
That's it.
|
||
You've just made an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor
|
||
make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
|
||
To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The commands of interest are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
and need to be marked as TeX.
|
||
The text whose
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
visibility
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
invisible
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
visible
|
||
\family default
|
||
command].
|
||
If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of
|
||
the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Like an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is associated with a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Here, too, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class provides visual cues.
|
||
The label for a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shorter than that of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
[yet longer than that of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
] and, like the label of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shockingly magenta.
|
||
Additionally, the printed
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
has the page number of its
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, appended by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
1
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
3
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, etc.
|
||
You can have multiple
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s associated with a single
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and, as with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, you'll probably want to break up long
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The purpose of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about
|
||
a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers.
|
||
Currently, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class has no
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
native
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
support for time markers, a
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sli
|
||
\noun default
|
||
TeX feature.
|
||
So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[see section\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
].
|
||
This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand
|
||
corner of every
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
you generate.
|
||
To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
settime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addtime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
settime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sets the time marker to a given time.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addtime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
increments the time marker by the specified amount.
|
||
Using time markers and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula
|
||
r
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There's one last feature to describe.
|
||
Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s on transparencies while printing all of your
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s on plain paper.
|
||
However, a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
must
|
||
\emph default
|
||
follow the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
with which it is associated.
|
||
What's a person to do?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print
|
||
out.
|
||
Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
|
||
The command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will cause the output to contain only the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
Correspondingly, the command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
prevents the output of anything but
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment
|
||
both out.
|
||
You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
|
||
When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select
|
||
what you want to print.
|
||
I like to uncomment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, print to a file with
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and print to a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
*-notes.ps
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.
|
||
I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain
|
||
paper as appropriate.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also provide other arguments to the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands.
|
||
See a good LaTeX book for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Plik szablonu klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slides
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wraz z klas±
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
dostarczy³em tak¿e plik szablonu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
slides.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Aby go u¿yæ zacznij Twoj± now± prezentacjê przez
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Nowy z
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
zablonu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Twój nowy plik prezentacji bêdzie zawiera³ jako przyk³ad trójkê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
--
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
--
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
dodatkowo zawieraj± jako przyk³ad u¿ycia tekst niewidzialny (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
) i widzialny (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Na koniec zawarto¶æ preambu³y:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
% Uncomment to print out only notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I ostatnia rzecz: utworzy³em tê klasê LyX-a do obs³ugi klasy LaTeX2e ,,
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sli
|
||
\noun default
|
||
TeX emulation'', one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes.
|
||
Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this
|
||
built-in slide class.
|
||
It's here if you want it or need it.
|
||
Istniej± inne klasy LaTeX2e do tworzenia prezentacji, takie jak:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
[zobacz\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] lub pakiet ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
seminar
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' [znajduj±cy siê w wielu dystrybucjach TeX-a].
|
||
Ten ostatni nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwany przez LyX-a
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Aktualnie znajduje siê plik uk³adu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
seminar.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
ale nie ma jeszcze pliku szablonu i dokumentacji jak z niego skorzystaæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Foils [aka
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
\noun on
|
||
TeX
|
||
\noun default
|
||
]
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Allan Rae
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników.
|
||
Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX.
|
||
W tej sekcji opisano tê drug± klasê.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie by³o nieporozumieñ:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
|
||
\size large
|
||
Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje
|
||
\emph on
|
||
tylko
|
||
\emph default
|
||
klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (default
|
||
\family default
|
||
)'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li w Twoim systemie nie masz zainstalowanej klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
[,,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
''], to prawdopodobnie musisz u¿yæ domy¶lnej klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
, która nie jest tak dobra jak
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest zaprojektowana do u¿ycia z wersj± 2.1 LaTeX-owej klasy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, która jest teraz integraln± czê¶ci± LaTeX2e.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zaczynamy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
,,slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' z listy
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lass
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Jest kilka ustawieñ w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl Dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
i powiniene¶ znaæ ich specyfikê w tej klasie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Nie zmieniaj opcji
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Strony i Page cols
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Domy¶ln± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 20pt, inne to 17pt, 25pt i 30pt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Domy¶ln± rodzin± jest czcionka
|
||
\family sans
|
||
bezszeryfowa
|
||
\family default
|
||
ale równania matematyczne s± sk³adane zwyk³± czcionk± szeryfow±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX obs³uguje formaty papieru A4 i Letter, a tak¿e specjalny rozmiar do
|
||
pracy z 35mm slajdami.
|
||
Nie obs³uguje formatów: A5, B5, legal i executive.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Nie zmieniaj ustawieñ
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Pozycja wstawki
|
||
\family default
|
||
, poniewa¿ s± one ignorowane.
|
||
Wszystkie wstawki pojawiaj± siê w miejscu gdzie zosta³y umieszczone w tek¶cie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Ustawienia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
agestyle
|
||
\family default
|
||
zachowuj± siê troszkê inaczej w tej klasie.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX dostarcza rozszerzone mo¿liwo¶ci nag³ówków i stopek w³±czaj± w to logo
|
||
u¿ytkownika.
|
||
Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
|
||
Strona tytu³owa jest traktowana inaczej ni¿ inne strony dokumentu:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
zawsze
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jest nienumerowana i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
zawsze
|
||
\emph default
|
||
logo jest wycentrowane u do³u strony (je¶li je zdefiniowano).
|
||
Mo¿liwe do wyboru style strony:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series bold
|
||
empty
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Nie jest dodawany numer ani inne nag³ówki i stopki,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series bold
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Na dole w ¶rodku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu.
|
||
bez innych nag³ówków i stopek (innych ni¿ przypisy).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
foilheadings
|
||
\series default
|
||
W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu.
|
||
Dodatkowe nag³ówki i stopki zostan± wy¶wietlone.
|
||
To jest styl domy¶lny.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
fancy
|
||
\series default
|
||
Umo¿liwia skorzystanie z pakietu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancyheadings
|
||
\family default
|
||
mimo, ¿e jego u¿ycie z
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX nie jest polecane przez autorów pakietu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX z powodu kilku mo¿liwych rozjechañ siê uk³adu strony.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Opcje dodatkowe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpuj±ce opcje mog± byæ u¿yte w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opcje dodatkowe
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl Dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
35mmSlide
|
||
\series default
|
||
Ustawia rozmiar strony 7.33 cale na 11 cali.
|
||
Taki rozmiar ma identyczne proporcje jak 35mm slajd.
|
||
To ustawienie u³atwia pracê z tym medium,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
headrule
|
||
\series default
|
||
Umieszcza poziom± liniê poni¿ej nag³ówka na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem
|
||
strony tytu³owej,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
footrule
|
||
\series default
|
||
Umieszcza poziom± liniê powy¿ej stopki na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem strony
|
||
tytu³owej,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
dvips
|
||
\series default
|
||
Ta opcja jest automatycznie w³±czona
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
Bez tej opcji mo¿esz korzystaæ wprost z pdfLaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, gdy tworzysz nowy dokument w tej klasie.
|
||
Opcja ta mówi
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX-owi aby u¿y³ jako sterownika programu dvips do obrotu tych stron, które
|
||
ustawiono jako poziome,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
landscape
|
||
\series default
|
||
Po prostu zmienia uk³ad strony na poziomy, ale nie dokonuje obrotu.
|
||
Dla tego je¶li chcesz u¿ywaæ tej opcji potrzebujesz u¿yæ zewnêtrznego programu
|
||
do obrotu ka¿dej strony lub w³ó¿ papier do drukarki poziomo.
|
||
Uwaga ta opcja zamienia role ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
(nie przejmuj siê jest to opisane w nastêpnej sekcji),
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
leqno
|
||
\series default
|
||
Numeracja równañ po lewej stronie równania,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
fleqn
|
||
\series default
|
||
Wyrównuje równania do lewej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wiêkszo¶æ zwyk³ych ¶rodowisk wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach jest tak¿e obs³ugiwa
|
||
nych w klasie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Jest kilka dodatkowych ¶rodowisk dostarczanych przez
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX a tak¿e kilka dodanych przez LyX-a.
|
||
Poni¿ej podano standardowe ¶rodowiska wystêpuj±ce równie¿ w innych klasach:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
RightAddress
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpne s± g³ówne ¶rodowiska niezale¿nie od ¶rodowisk strukturyzuj±cych
|
||
tekst.
|
||
Folie s± w³a¶ciwie samodzielnymi sekcjami posiadaj±cymi tytu³ i tre¶æ.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX dostarcza specyficznych poleceñ rozpoczynaj±cych now± foliê, s± to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX dostarcza tak¿e lekko zmodyfikowane wersje powy¿szych ¶rodowisk o nazwach:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortFoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortRotatefoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
ró¿nice pomiêdzy nimi s± wyja¶nione w nastêpnej sekcji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Folie s± czêsto u¿ywane do prezentacji pomys³ów lub nowych teorii i tak¿e
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX dostarcza szeroki wachlarz narzêdzi do ich prezentacji:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lemma
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Corollary
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proposition
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Definition
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proof
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Theorem*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lemma*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Corollary*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proposition*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Definition*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wersje z gwiazdk± s± ¶rodowiskami nienumerowanymi, a bez gwiazdki s± numerowane.
|
||
S± jeszcze dwa ¶rodowiska list dodane przez LyX i s± to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TickList
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CrossList
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jest jeszcze kilka poleceñ
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX-a, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX.
|
||
Wspomnimy o nich i ich przeznaczeniu w sekcji\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Tworzenie folii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tej sekcji podamy proste wprowadzenie jak korzystaæ z ró¿nych ¶rodowisk
|
||
aby utworzyæ foliê.
|
||
Je¶li chcesz zobaczyæ przyk³ad folii zobacz plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Foils.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
dostêpny z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
O
|
||
\bar default
|
||
twórz\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
i naci¶nij przycisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Examples
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Strona tytu³owa
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nie tak jak inne klasy dostarczaj±ce ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
tworzy tytu³ na w³asnej stronie.
|
||
Je¶li opu¶cisz ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, to LaTeX w zastêpstwie wstawi bie¿±c± datê (aktualizowan± przy ka¿dym
|
||
podgl±dzie).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Rozpoczêcie nowej folii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej, mamy cztery sposoby na utworzenie nowej folii.
|
||
Dla folii pionowych powiniene¶ u¿yæ
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortFoilhead.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Ró¿nica pomiêdzy tymi ¶rodowiskami polega na wielko¶ci odstêpu pomiêdzy
|
||
tytu³em a tre¶ci±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Folie poziome tworzymy za pomoc± ¶rodowisk
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortRotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Znów ró¿nica miedzy nimi polega na odstêpie pomiêdzy tytu³em a tre¶ci±.
|
||
W obu skróconych wersjach mamy o pó³ cala mniejszy odstêp.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jednym problemem z obs³ug± poziomych slajdów jest wymóg u¿ycia sterownika
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
do utworzenia pliku PostScript®, w przeciwnym razie folia nie zostanie
|
||
obrócona.
|
||
Jest mo¿liwo¶æ uzyskania poziomych folii nawet je¶li nie masz programu
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
, po prostu musisz w³o¿yæ folie poziomo do drukarki;-)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs i wiêcej
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Z powodu ma³ego b³êdu w LyX-ie nie mo¿na umie¶ciæ dwóch ¶rodowisk tego samego
|
||
typu bezpo¶rednio jedno po drugim.
|
||
Musza one byæ czymkolwiek rozdzielone.
|
||
Je¶li spróbujesz , bêdziesz móg³ rozci±gn±æ poprzednie ¶rodowisko, tak
|
||
aby¶ mia³ po³±czone dwa ¶rodowiska razem.
|
||
A jak rozwi±zaæ ten problem? Najprostszym rozwi±zaniem jest wstawienie
|
||
tekstu pomiêdzy dwa ¶rodowiska lub wstawienie wstawki
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
pomiêdzy te ¶rodowiska zawieraj±cej znak komentarza ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
To wymusi na LyX-ie utworzenie dwóch oddzielnych ¶rodowisk i da poprawny
|
||
wynik.
|
||
Przyk³ad jest zawarty w dostarczonym pliku w dystrybucji LyX-a.
|
||
pamiêtaj, problem pojawia siê tylko je¶li próbujesz umie¶ciæ dwa ¶rodowiska
|
||
takie jak Theorem bezpo¶rednio jedno za drugim.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Listy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz korzystaæ ze wszystkich obs³ugiwanych i wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach,
|
||
¶rodowisk list, a tak¿e z dwóch nowych.
|
||
Tutaj opiszê tylko te nowe.
|
||
Je¶li chcesz znale¼æ wiêcej informacji o innych ¶rodowiskach list zajrzyj
|
||
do
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li zamierzasz korzystaæ z wyliczeñ powiniene¶ tak¿e przeczytaæ sekcjê
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wybór znaku wyliczenia
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dwa nowe style list
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TickList
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CrossList
|
||
\family default
|
||
, zaprojektowano aby u³atwiæ Ci tworzenie list czynno¶ci wykonanych i nie
|
||
lub co jest w porz±dku lub z³e, przez dostarczenie dedykowanych ¶rodowisk,
|
||
które u¿ywaj± haczyka (akceptacji) lub krzy¿yka (negacji) jako znaku wyliczenia.
|
||
Te listy s± w rzeczywisto¶ci dedykowanymi wariantami ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Wymagaj± one jednak zainstalowanego pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
psnfss
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Rysunki i Tabele
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX redefiniuje wstawki tabel i rysunków tak, aby pojawi³y siê dok³adnie
|
||
w miejscu ich wyst±pienia w tek¶cie.
|
||
W rzeczywisto¶ci zmiany pozycji wstawki s± ignorowane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Nag³ówki i stopki
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
MyLogo{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Restriction{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
s± przeznaczone do sterowania lew± stopk±.
|
||
Pierwsze pozwala na do³±czenie
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
Aby do³±czyæ logo graficzne to nale¿y jako argument polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
MyLogo{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
wpisaæ:
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
includegraphics{nazwapliku}
|
||
\family default
|
||
oraz umie¶ciæ w preambule polecenie:
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphicx}
|
||
\family default
|
||
albo
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphics}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
logo graficznego do folii, a domy¶lnie wpisuje ,,--Typeset by FoilTeX--''.
|
||
Drugie polecenie pozwala na wprowadzenie klasyfikacji dostêpno¶ci, np.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Poufne
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Domy¶lnie jest puste.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pozosta³e naro¿niki mo¿na wype³niæ poleceniami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Footer
|
||
\family default
|
||
(domy¶lnie numer folii),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
(prawy górny) i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Left\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
(lewy górny).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Nieobs³ugiwane funkcje
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foil
|
||
\family default
|
||
TeX-a
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wszystkie polecenia wyja¶nione poni¿ej nale¿y wstawiaæ w ¶rodowisku
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub jako
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
wewn±trz innych ¶rodowisk.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
D³ugo¶ci
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wszystkie d³ugo¶ci s± ustawiane poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lengthname
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
newlength
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
gdzie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lengthname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
powinno byæ zast±pione nazw± d³ugo¶ci, która chcesz zmieniæ, a
|
||
\emph on
|
||
newlength
|
||
\emph default
|
||
przez warto¶æ.
|
||
Dla wszystkich d³ugo¶ci nale¿y podaæ jednostkê, np.
|
||
cale (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
in
|
||
\family default
|
||
), milimetry (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mm
|
||
\family default
|
||
) lub punkty (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pt
|
||
\family default
|
||
) lub jednostki wzglêdne w dokumencie lub d³ugo¶ci odnosz±ce siê do wielko¶ci
|
||
czcionek takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿na zmieniaæ odstêp pomiêdzy tytu³em folii a tre¶ci±, przez zmianê d³ugo¶ci
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foilheadskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Na przyk³ad, aby na
|
||
\emph on
|
||
wszystkich
|
||
\emph default
|
||
foliach tytu³y by³y bli¿ej tre¶ci o pó³ cala, to wpisz do preambu³y:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Odstêpy wokó³ wstawek mog± byæ ustawiane przez zmianê nastêpuj±cych d³ugo¶ci:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovefloatskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy tekstem a gór± wstawki,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovecaptionskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy wstawk± a podpisem,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
belowcaptionskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy podpisem a dalszym tekstem,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
captionwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
Mo¿esz zadaæ wê¿szy podpis wstawki ni¿ otaczaj±cy tekst przez ustawienie
|
||
tej d³ugo¶ci.
|
||
Najlepiej odnosiæ siê do d³ugo¶ci
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jest jeszcze kilka d³ugo¶ci zwi±zanymi ze strona tytu³owa, które mog± byæ
|
||
u¿yteczne je¶li masz d³ugie tytu³y lub kilku autorów:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovetitleskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy nag³ówkiem a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
titleauthorskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authorauthorskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy wielokrotnymi wierszami ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authordateskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dateabstractskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ostatnia d³ugo¶æ odnosi siê do wszystkich ¶rodowisk list.
|
||
Je¶li umie¶cisz
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
zerolistvertdimens
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
wewn±trz
|
||
\emph default
|
||
¶rodowiska listy, wtedy wszystkie odstêpy pionowe pomiêdzy elementami listy
|
||
zostan± usuniête.
|
||
Uwaga -- to jest polecenie, a nie d³ugo¶æ i nie wymaga
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
tak jak wspomniane powy¿ej d³ugo¶ci.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Nag³ówki i stopki
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOn
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
steruj± wy¶wietlaniem na danym slajdzie logo zdefiniowanym poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
MyLogo
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Je¶li wpiszesz polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
do preambu³y, to wówczas na ¿adnej folii nie pojawi siê logo.
|
||
Je¶li nie chcesz aby pojawi³o siê logo na jednej z folii, to umie¶æ na
|
||
niej polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
tu¿ po tytule strony, a nastêpnie umie¶æ polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOn
|
||
\family default
|
||
po tytule nastêpnej folii.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pozosta³e polecenia steruj±ce:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rightfooter{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
prawa stopka, domy¶lnie zawiera numer strony
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rightheader{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
prawy nag³ówek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
leftheader{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
lewy nag³ówek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li zdecydujesz siê u¿yæ styl strony
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancy
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
, prawdopodobnie powiniene¶ dodaæ
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
headwidth
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
do preambu³y, tak aby nag³ówki i stopki by³y w³a¶ciwie umieszczone na poziomych
|
||
stronach.
|
||
Jest to spowodowane niezgodno¶ci± uk³adów stron dostarczanych przez pakiet
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancyheadings
|
||
\family default
|
||
i klasê
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Latex8 (Dokumenty konferencyjne IEEE )
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Allan Rae
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored
|
||
conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit.
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
latex.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit.
|
||
The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission
|
||
has been accepted.
|
||
There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting
|
||
restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that
|
||
means I don't have to repeat it all here.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zaczynamy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
[AR.
|
||
more to come]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
E-mail
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Affiliation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
SubSection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Ró¿nice pomiêdzy ekranem a dokumentem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation
|
||
of section counters.
|
||
On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it
|
||
will appear in the output so don't let this worry you.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Garst Reese
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a ,,rite of passage''.
|
||
Zosta³ zaprojektowany do czytania ze zwróceniem uwagi na tre¶æ oraz aby
|
||
byæ ³atwym i przyjaznym w czytaniu dla aktorów.
|
||
Ka¿da strona scenariusza powinna byæ jedn± minut± filmu.
|
||
Nie pisz tego czego nie mo¿esz zobaczyæ lub us³yszeæ na ekranie.
|
||
W ca³ym dokumencie powinna byæ stosowana czcionka Courier 12pkt, bez kursywy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Specjalne problemy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tekst mówcy nie powinien byæ NIGDY ³amany w po³owie zdania.
|
||
Je¶li tekst mówcy jest kontynuowany na nastêpnej stronie, powtórz
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Nazwê
|
||
\family default
|
||
mówcy przez
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Cont'd
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Specjalne funkcje
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wstaw nazwê mówcy (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne.
|
||
Okno odno¶ników bêdzie wy¶wietla³o obsadê.
|
||
Odno¶niki mo¿esz u¿ywaæ do wstawiania nazwy mówcy równie¿ w tek¶cie narratora.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Rozmiar papieru i marginesy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska.
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu hollywood.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
U¿yj gdzie nic innego nie pasuje.
|
||
Próbuj nie korzystaæ z niego.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Narrative
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z n
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
|
||
Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FADE\InsetSpace ~
|
||
IN
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\hfill
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
M-z S-I
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Usually followed by something like ,,on Sally waking up''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
INT:
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z i
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
|
||
Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting
|
||
required.
|
||
Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
EXT:
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z e
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
|
||
Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z s
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
The character speaking.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Parenthetical
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z p
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Instrukcje dla mówcy.
|
||
Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie i wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie,
|
||
ale zawsze bêda drukowane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z d
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Co mówca (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
) mówi.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Transition
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z t
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Instrukcja przemieszczania dla kamery, np.
|
||
CUT TO:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FADE\InsetSpace ~
|
||
OUT:
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-I
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-A
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-T
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Address
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
¯argon scenariusza
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
(O.S) --- off screen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
(V.0) --- voice over
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
b.g.
|
||
--- t³o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
C.U.
|
||
--- close-up
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
PAN --- przesuniêcie kamery
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
INSERT --- cut to close-up of
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Broadway
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Garst Reese
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa Broadway jest przeznaczona dla pisz±cych scenariusze teatralne.
|
||
Ten format jest bardziej dekoracyjny i o wiele mniej ustandaryzowany.
|
||
Ten format powinien byæ odpowiedni dla workshopów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Specjalne problemy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podobnie jak format Hollywood.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Specjalne funkcje
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wstaw nazwê mówcy (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne.
|
||
Okno odno¶ników wewnêtrznych bêdzie wy¶wietlaæ aktualn± obsadê.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Rozmiar papieru i marginesy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
¦rodowiska
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska.
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu broadway.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Nie powiniene¶ go u¿ywaæ, ale jest je¶li inne nie bêd± Ci odpowiadaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Narrative
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z n
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
|
||
Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ACT
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z a
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Automatycznie numerowane.
|
||
Na ekranie bêdzie numeracja liczbami arabskimi, a na wydruku rzymskimi.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ACT*
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S at
|
||
\newline
|
||
Podtytu³ ACT.
|
||
\family default
|
||
Tekst jest centrowany.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
SCENE
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-S
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Nie jest numerowane automatycznie.
|
||
Ty podajesz numer.
|
||
This is because I couldn't figure out how.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
AT\InsetSpace ~
|
||
RISE:
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-R
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain
|
||
rises.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z s
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Nazwa mówcy (aktora), wy¶rodkowana napisana bêdzie kapitalikiem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Parenthetical
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z p
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Instrukcje dla mówcy.
|
||
Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie, ale wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie,
|
||
ale zawsze bêda drukowane.
|
||
To ¶rodowisko jest u¿ywane tylko wewn±trz ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z d
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Co mówi mówca.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CURTAIN
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-C
|
||
\newline
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Opuszczenie kurtyny.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-T
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z S-A
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_Address
|
||
\hfill
|
||
M-z r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Hello there.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
RevTeX4
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Amir Karge
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex\InsetSpace ~
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
wspó³pracuje z klas± RevTeX 4.0 (wydanie
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
z maja 1999 roku) American Physical Society.
|
||
LyX ma klasê dokumentu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, która wspó³pracuje z RevTeX 3.1.
|
||
Jednak wersja 3.1 jest generalnie przestarza³a jako wspó³pracuj±ca z LaTeX2.09,
|
||
co oznacza, ¿e wspó³praca z LyX-em nie jest najlepsza., poniewa¿ LyX wymaga
|
||
LaTeX2e.
|
||
Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e,
|
||
LyX with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
RevTeX\InsetSpace ~
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These documents are supposed to be used in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
addition
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX
|
||
macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Instalacja
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README
|
||
file.
|
||
the package can be found at
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it.
|
||
Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory
|
||
(i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you
|
||
reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4
|
||
textclass.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document
|
||
using
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, or to use the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex\InsetSpace ~
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
template, found in the templates directory.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Preambu³a Matter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Optional arguments to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
, like ,,preprint'' and ,,aps'', go in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
E
|
||
\bar under
|
||
x
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tra Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
field in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
popup, as usual.
|
||
Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Other preamble matter, like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
draft
|
||
\family default
|
||
etc.
|
||
goes in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Latex Preamble
|
||
\family default
|
||
popup, also as usual.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Uk³ad
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0.
|
||
For example, the Email layout corresponds to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In case you're curious, both were included so that
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
would be able to translate both
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
address
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Wa¿ne uwagi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause
|
||
bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In RevTeX, the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
command goes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
outside
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
author
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
|
||
Do
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
write footnotes in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout, or weird things may happen.
|
||
See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Also, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Email
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author\InsetSpace ~
|
||
URL
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
layouts must be placed
|
||
\emph on
|
||
in between
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout and the corresponding
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
(or equivalent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
) layout.
|
||
If you put the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
after the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
, the LaTeX won't compile.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Drawbacks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments
|
||
to layouts like Email and Title.
|
||
(The problem is not unique to this layout; in LyX 1.0, you can't use optional
|
||
arguments to the Section layouts.) This means that after you export that
|
||
file to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS),
|
||
you'll need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional
|
||
arguments to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers.
|
||
Lacking these layouts makes the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
(and the equivalent
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be
|
||
added by hand.
|
||
This drawback will be fixed in LyX 1.2.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
article (mwart), book (mwbk) i report (mwrep)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Tomasz £uczak
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasy dokumentu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (mwart)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (mwrep)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
i
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (mwbk)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
autorstwa marcina Woliñskiego odpowiadaj± klasom LateX-a odpowiednio:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwart.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwbk.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwrep.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
book.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
report.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
S± one zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podstawowe ró¿nice:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Nienumerowane tytularia ( z gwiazdk±) s± dopisywane do spisu tre¶ci.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dodatkowe style strony:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
uheadings pagina górna z lini± oddzielaj±c±,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
myheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± poleceniami:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markright
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markboth
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
myuheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± z lini± oddzielaj±c±,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
outer paginacja w stopce od strony zewnêtrznego marginesu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Opcje
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
rmheadings szeryfowe tytularia -- opcja domy¶lna
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
sfheadings bezszeryfowe tytularia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
authortitle najpierw autor poni¿ej tytu³ -- opcja domy¶lna
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
titleauthor najpierw tytu³ poni¿ej autor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
withmarginpar rezerwuje miejsce na marginalia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Import i eksport innych formatów plików
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zagadnienie importu i eksportu z/do innych formatów plików zosta³o wspomniane
|
||
w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
W tym rozdziale jest opisane wiêcej szczegó³ów potrzebnych do zrozumienia
|
||
tego co siê dzieje po naci¶niêciu polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
I
|
||
\bar default
|
||
mportuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
E
|
||
\bar under
|
||
x
|
||
\bar default
|
||
portuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Import z innych formatów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
T³umaczenie z LaTeX-a do LyX-a jest dokonywane przez Perl za pomoc± skryptów
|
||
wywo³ywanych przez reLyX.
|
||
Ponadto jest to samodzielny program, który mo¿e byæ wywo³ywany z wiersza
|
||
poleceñ.
|
||
LyX wywo³uje go automatycznie podczas importu pliku LaTeX-a.
|
||
Zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dla pe³niejszego opisu.
|
||
Nie ma parametrów do ustawiania przez u¿ytkownika.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
ASCII
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
S± dwie metody importu plików tekstowych ASCII.
|
||
Import ,,jako wiersze'' zachowuje wszystkie koñce wierszy z pliku ASCII
|
||
do LyX-a, wówczas ka¿dy wiersz jest oddzielnym akapitem.
|
||
Podczas importu ,,jako akapit'' kolejne wiersze ³±czone s± w jeden akapit.
|
||
Pusty wiersz traktowany jest jako separator akapitów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Noweb
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
[Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Eksport do innych formatów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX tworzy dwa typy plików LaTeX-owych: pliki do normalnego przetwarzania
|
||
(do podgl±du DVI itp.), które nie s± nigdy ogl±dane oraz pliki o formie
|
||
czytelnej dla ludzi.
|
||
Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ascii_linelen
|
||
\family default
|
||
okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku, domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest 75
|
||
znaków.
|
||
Plik wynikowy jest poprawnym plikiem LaTeX-a, lecz preambu³a mo¿e wygl±daæ
|
||
trochê przera¿aj±co poniewa¿ zawiera kilka definicji u¿ywanych przez LyX-a,
|
||
które nie wygl±daj± na utworzone przez cz³owieka.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Plik DVI (skrót od
|
||
\family sans
|
||
D
|
||
\family default
|
||
e
|
||
\family sans
|
||
V
|
||
\family default
|
||
ice
|
||
\family sans
|
||
I
|
||
\family default
|
||
ndependent -- ,,sprzêtowo niezale¿ne'') s± tworzone podczas przetwarzania
|
||
Twojego dokumentu przez LaTeX.
|
||
Nie ma ¿adnych opcji do ustawienia przez u¿ytkownika.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
PostScript
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpny krokiem w ³añcuchu konwersji jest konwersja pliku DVI do PostScript.
|
||
Najczê¶ciej u¿ywanym do tego celu programem jest program
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Wybrany program nale¿y podaæ w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
w dyrektywie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
print_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Argumenty wiersza poleceñ, np.
|
||
dla dvips polecenia druku w odwrotnej kolejno¶ci (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-r
|
||
\family default
|
||
) mo¿na podaæ w dyrektywie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
print_extra_options
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
ASCII
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eksport do ASCII próbuje zachowaæ ,,kszta³t'' dokumentu jak to mo¿liwe,
|
||
ale takie elementy jak centrowanie i wciêcia s± odrzucane, a akapity s±
|
||
rozdzielane pustym wierszem.
|
||
Numeracja sekcji i odno¶ników jest wykonana poprawnie, tak ¿e w efekcie
|
||
plik jest do¶æ przejrzysty.
|
||
Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ascii_linelen
|
||
\family default
|
||
okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku ASCII.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
HTML
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dokumenty LyX-a mog± byæ konwertowane do formatu hipertekstowego, zwykle
|
||
najpierw dokonywana jest konwersja do LaTeX-a, który konwertuje do formatu
|
||
HTML.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Aktualnie s± dostêpne dla LyX-a trzy konwertery LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
HTML:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tth
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
latex2html
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
hevea
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
S± one wykrywane automatycznie, jednak mo¿na wymusiæ wybór jednego z nich
|
||
dyrektyw± w pliku konfiguracyjnym
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
html_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
W tej dyrektywie mo¿na tak¿e do³±czyæ argumenty wiersza poleceñ.
|
||
Czytaj komentarze w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
, które zawieraj± najbardziej aktualne informacje dotycz±ce szczegó³ów u¿ycia
|
||
poszczególnych dyrektyw.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
PDF
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Dekel Tsur
|
||
\noun default
|
||
(mostly)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Najszybsz± drog± do tworzenia plików PDF (bez znaczników, linków itp.) w
|
||
dowolnej wersji LyX-a jest zapisanie dokumentu w formacie PostScript, a
|
||
nastêpnie uruchomienie polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ps2pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Pocz±wszy od wersji 1.1.6 dostêpna jest pozycja menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Exportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
PDF
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Od wersji 1.1.6 jest to najlepsza droga do uzyskania porz±dnych plików PDF.
|
||
Jest trochê k³opotów z czcionkami, na które powiniene¶ uwa¿aæ -- zobacz
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
U¿ycie pdfLaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX potrzebujesz skonwertowaæ swoje obrazki EPS do formatu
|
||
PDF (zobacz
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) i nie mo¿esz u¿ywaæ pstricks.
|
||
Z drugiej strony, korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX mo¿na wstawiaæ wprost rysunki
|
||
w formatach JPEG lub PNG, u¿ywaæ czcionek TrueType i wiele innych.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Dlaczego tekst wygl±da ma³o czytelnie przy podgl±dzie za pomoc± Acrobat
|
||
Reader?
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
¬ród³em k³opotów s± czcionki bitmapowe brzydko wy¶wietlane przez Acrobat
|
||
Reader.
|
||
Podczas tworzenia pliku PDF z pliku LyX-a potrzebujesz czcionek obwiedniowych
|
||
zamiast bitmapowych (w rzeczywisto¶ci powiniene¶ tak¿e u¿ywaæ czcionek
|
||
obwiedniowych w plikach postscriptowych).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ostatnie dystrybucje LaTeX-a posiadaj± standardowe czcionki CM (Computer
|
||
Modern) PostScript Type 1.
|
||
PdfLaTeX u¿ywa tych czcionek domy¶lnie.
|
||
Dvips nie u¿ywa ich domy¶lnie, dla ich u¿ycia nale¿y dopisaæ do pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
~/.dvipsrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
nastêpuj±ce wiersze
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
p+ psfonts.cmz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
p+ psfonts.amz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li u¿ywane jest domy¶lne kodowanie LaTeX-a (OT1), to nie trzeba robiæ
|
||
nic wiêcej.
|
||
Ale je¶li u¿ywane jest kodowanie T1 to LaTeX u¿ywa nowych czcionek EC,
|
||
dla których nie ma wersji Type1.
|
||
Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie pakietu ae, który emuluje kodowanie T1 u¿ywaj±c
|
||
czcionek CM.
|
||
Nale¿y wówczas w preambule dopisaæ
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{ae,aecompl}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Jednak niektórych znaków brakuje w czcionkach CM (np.
|
||
eth, thorn) i s± one pobierane z czcionek EC.
|
||
Dlatego pobierane s± znaki jako bitmapy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga: LyX u¿ywa domy¶lnie kodowania T1.
|
||
Je¶li chcesz stosowaæ domy¶lne kodowanie (co nie jest zalecane chyba ¿e
|
||
piszesz tylko w jêzyku angielskim), dodaj wiersz
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
font_encoding default
|
||
\family default
|
||
do pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
~/.lyx/lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dla sk³adu w jêzyku polskim zaleca siê stosowaæ kodowanie OT4 oraz pakiet
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
polski
|
||
\family default
|
||
zamiast pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
babel
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
polski
|
||
\family default
|
||
w³±cza spolonizowane czcionki CM w uk³adzie OT4 zwane
|
||
\family sans
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
czcionkami PL.
|
||
Czcionki PL wystêpuj± równie¿ w wersji obwiedniowej co rozwi±zuje problemy
|
||
z Acrobat Readerem.
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Alternatyw± jest u¿ycie standardowych czcionek postscriptowych zamiast
|
||
czcionek CM.
|
||
Do tego potrzebujesz wybraæ pslatex jako globaln± czcionkê w oknie uk³adu
|
||
dokumentu.
|
||
Gdy u¿ywamy czcionek postsciptowych to pliki PDF s± mniejsze o czcionki
|
||
nie do³±czone do pliku.
|
||
Ponadto czcionki postscriptowe do³±czaj± wszystkie krzywe T1.
|
||
Z drugiej za¶ strony czcionki postscriptowe nie posiadaj± pó³grubych czcionek
|
||
symboli i musz± byæ u¿yte pmb (poor man's bold, zobacz
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Czcionki postscriptowe tak¿e wygl±daj± inaczej z zestawu czcionek CM.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Podsumowuj±c czcionki postscriptowe i Computer Modern daj± dobre rezultaty
|
||
(z kilkoma wyj±tkami).
|
||
Decyzja których u¿ywaæ jest kwesti± gustu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Jak mogê u¿yæ pdfLaTeX z obrazkami w formacie EPS?
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfeps}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
PdfLaTeX nie obs³uguje w³±czania plików EPS, ale obs³uguje w³±czanie plików
|
||
PDF.
|
||
Je¶li masz dokumenty z w³±czonymi rysunkami EPS, np.
|
||
plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.eps
|
||
\family default
|
||
, to powiniene¶:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Skonwertuj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.eps
|
||
\family default
|
||
do PDF za pomoc±
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
epstopdf foo.eps
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Kiedy wstawiasz rysunek w dokumencie nie podawaj rozszerzenia nazwy pliku:
|
||
na przyk³ad, wstawiaj±c plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.eps
|
||
\family default
|
||
wystarczy wpisaæ tylko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie dialogowym.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Uwaga: W LyX 1.2.0 bêdzie mo¿liwe wstawianie ró¿nych rodzajów rysunków ze
|
||
wszystkimi niezbêdnymi transformacjami.
|
||
Czê¶ciowo funkcjonalne wstawianie istnieje w wersji 1.1.6, do u¿ycia nale¿y
|
||
wpisaæ
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
M-x graphics-insert
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Dlaczego polecenie
|
||
\backslash
|
||
boldsymbol{} nie dzia³a gdy u¿ywam pslatex?
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Czcionki PostScript nie posiadaj± symboli pó³grubych.
|
||
Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pmb{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(poor man's bold).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jest to mo¿liwe przez przedefiniowanie polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
boldsymbol
|
||
\family default
|
||
do u¿ycia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pmb
|
||
\family default
|
||
przez:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
boldsymbol}[1]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pmb{#1}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
w preambule.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Czy jest mo¿liwe zapisanie kodu przetwarzanego tylko przez pdfLaTeX-a?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tak.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newif
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ifpdf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ifx
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pdfoutput
|
||
\backslash
|
||
undefined
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pdffalse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
else
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pdftrue
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ifpdf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
/Title (official title -- i.e., title element)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
/Subject (one line description of the document)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
% /OpenAction (fitbh)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
else
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Eksport u¿ytkownika
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eksport u¿ytkownika jest mo¿liwy je¶li masz dziwny format do którego chcesz
|
||
konwertowaæ, zak³adaj±c, ¿e masz odpowiedni konwerter.
|
||
Format pliku wej¶ciowego jest podany w dyrektywie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
custom_export_format
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
LyX bêdzie automatycznie konwertowa³ plik do tego miejsca, a wtedy zostanie
|
||
on przekazany do Twojego konwertera.
|
||
Mo¿liwymi warto¶ciami s±:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ps
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ascii
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie wywo³ania konwertera jest podane w dyrektywie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
custom_export_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
To powinno byæ kompletne polecenie wiersza poleceñ, które wykorzystuje
|
||
zmienn± ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$FNAME
|
||
\family default
|
||
do przekazania nazwy pliku g³ównego.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿e bêdziesz musia³ trochê poprawiæ podan± sekwencjê, dla zgodno¶ci z twoj±
|
||
pow³ok±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Omawiany sposób eksportu ustawia siê w domy¶lnym lokalnym pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Gdy wybierzesz polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
C
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ustom
|
||
\family default
|
||
, pojawi siê okno, w którym mo¿na zmieniæ dowoln± warto¶æ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Pe³ny opis reLyX
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Synopsis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Najprostszym sposobem u¿ycia reLyX-a jest u¿ycie polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Importuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
(polecenie jest dostêpne w LyX-ie pocz±wszy od wersji 1.0.0).
|
||
Polecenie uruchamia reLyX i podaje mu plik wej¶ciowy, a nastêpnie wczytuje
|
||
rezultat do LyX-a.
|
||
Ten sposób powiniene¶ spróbowaæ jako pierwszy, a korzystaæ z wywo³ania
|
||
z wiersza poleceñ tylko, je¶li potrzebujesz bardziej skomplikowanych opcji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
reLyX
|
||
\series default
|
||
[
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-c
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
textclass
|
||
\shape default
|
||
] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-df
|
||
\series default
|
||
] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-o
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
outputdir
|
||
\shape default
|
||
] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-r
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
renv1
|
||
\shape default
|
||
[,
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
renv2
|
||
\shape default
|
||
...]] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-s
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
sfile1
|
||
\shape default
|
||
[,
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
sfile2
|
||
\shape default
|
||
...]]
|
||
\emph on
|
||
inputfile
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
reLyX -p -c
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
textclass
|
||
\shape default
|
||
[
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-df
|
||
\series default
|
||
] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-o
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
outputdir
|
||
\shape default
|
||
] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-r
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
renv1
|
||
\shape default
|
||
[,
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
renv2
|
||
\shape default
|
||
...]] [
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-s
|
||
\series default
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
sfile1
|
||
\shape default
|
||
[,
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
sfile2
|
||
\shape default
|
||
...]]
|
||
\emph on
|
||
inputfiles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
reLyX -h
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Opcje
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-c Klasa (class).
|
||
Domy¶lnie, gdy reLyX zobaczy polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, tworzy plik klasy ,,foo'' i wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy (zwykle
|
||
/usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout lub
|
||
\series bold
|
||
~
|
||
\series default
|
||
/.lyx/layouts/foo.layout).
|
||
U¿yj opcji
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-c
|
||
\series default
|
||
aby zadeklarowaæ inn± klasê dokumentu (i wczytaæ inny plik uk³adu).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-d Diagnostyka (debug).
|
||
Domy¶lnie, reLyX rzadko daje wyj¶cie i usuwa pliki tymczasowe utworzone
|
||
podczas konwersji.
|
||
U¿ycie parametru
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-d
|
||
\series default
|
||
utworzy wiele wiêcej informacji wyj¶ciowych (do stdout i stderr) i pozostawia
|
||
pliki tymczasowe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-f (force).
|
||
reLyX nie uruchamia siê je¶li plik .lyx, który ma zostaæ utworzony istnieje.
|
||
U¿yj (ostro¿nie) opcji
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-f
|
||
\series default
|
||
aby zast±piæ istniej±ce pliki.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-h Pomoc (help).
|
||
Drukuje informacje o sposobie u¿ycia i koñczy pracê.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-o Katalog wyj¶ciowy (output directory).
|
||
W przypadku u¿ycia tej opcji, wszystkie pliki tymczasowe i wyj¶ciowe LyX-a
|
||
(dla podanego pliku wej¶ciowego lub dla dowolnych plików czê¶ciowych podanych
|
||
z parametrem
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-p
|
||
\series default
|
||
) zostan± umieszczone w katalogu
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
outputdir
|
||
\shape default
|
||
.
|
||
W innym przypadku, dla ka¿dego pliku
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dir/foo.tex
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, pliki tymczasowe i pliki wyj¶ciowe LyX-a zostan± umieszczone w katalogu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dir
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li w³±czasz pliki z innych katalogów, a które
|
||
chcesz umie¶ciæ we wspólnym folderze lub nie masz praw zapisu w ich folderach
|
||
¼ród³owych.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-p Plik czê¶ciowy (partial).
|
||
Wej¶ciem jest fragment pliku LaTeX-a bez preambu³y lub bez polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Ta opcja wymaga parametru
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-c
|
||
\series default
|
||
, poniewa¿ plik ¼ród³owy nie posiada preambu³y z deklaracj± klasy:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Gdy u¿ywasz tej opcji, to mo¿esz konwertowaæ wiêcej ni¿ jeden plik, dopóki
|
||
wszystkie pliki s± tej samej klasy.
|
||
Pliki LyX-a utworzone przez reLyX mog± byæ do³±czane do istniej±cych plików
|
||
LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Do³±cz Plik
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-r ¦rodowiska regularne (regular environments) (zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
Pliki sk³adni
|
||
\shape default
|
||
).
|
||
Je¶li podajesz wiêcej ni¿ jedno ¶rodowisko, to rozdzielaj je przecinkiem
|
||
(bez spacji).
|
||
Bêdziesz prawdopodobnie potrzebowa³ listê ¶rodowisk umie¶ciæ w cudzys³owie,
|
||
szczególnie gdy umie¶ci³e¶ na li¶cie ¶rodowiska z gwiazdk± (foo*).
|
||
Je¶li czêsto u¿ywasz tego parametru, to rozwa¿ utworzenie osobistego pliku
|
||
sk³adni.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
-s Plik sk³adni (syntax file).
|
||
Dodatkowe pliki sk³adni (umieszczaj w cudzys³owie, rozdzielaj przecinkiem)
|
||
do wczytania (zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
Pliki sk³adni
|
||
\shape default
|
||
aby poznaæ szczegó³y).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Opis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX tworzy plik LyX-a
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dir/foo.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
na podstawie pliku LaTeX-a
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dir/foo.tex
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(je¶li nie podano opcji
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-o
|
||
\series default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Rozszerzenia plików .tex, .ltx i .latex s± obs³ugiwane.
|
||
Je¶li
|
||
\emph on
|
||
plikwejsciowy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
nie istnieje lub nie posiada ¿adnego z podanych rozszerzeñ, to reLyX próbuje
|
||
wczytaæ
|
||
\emph on
|
||
plikwejsciowy.tex
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(zachowuje siê podobnie jak LaTeX.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przeznaczeniem reLyX jest translacja
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
dobrze zachowuj±ca
|
||
\shape default
|
||
z LaTeX2e do LyX-a.
|
||
Je¶li twój plik LaTeX nie kompiluje siê lub robi dziwne rzeczy, jak przedefinio
|
||
wywanie standardowych poleceñ LaTeX -- it may choke.
|
||
Pliki LaTeX209 s± konwertowane poprawnie, ale bez gwarancji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX ma kilka b³êdów i brak mu kilku funkcji.
|
||
Jednak g³ównymi celami s±:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Uporaæ siê z plikiem LaTeX2e bez upadku,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Translacja wielu takich plików,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Lokalizacja czê¶ci, które nie mog± byæ t³umaczone i kopiowanie ich w trybie
|
||
TeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Te g³ówne cele s± osi±gane dla wiêkszo¶ci plików.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istnieje wiele ulepszeñ, które mog± byæ i bêd± wprowadzone do reLyX-a w
|
||
przysz³o¶ci.
|
||
Jednak, my chcemy korzystaæ z reLyX jak najwcze¶niej, aby u³atwiæ nowym
|
||
u¿ytkownikom LyX wczytywanie ich istniej±cych plików LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
U¿ycie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj znajduje siê d³u¿szy opis co powiniene¶ zrobiæ, aby skonwertowaæ dokument
|
||
LaTeX do dokumentu LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Uruchom reLyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX bêdzie informowa³ Ciebie o postêpach i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enia do stderr,
|
||
je¶li nie chcesz ¿adnych informacji spróbuj ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
Nie powiniene¶ przekierowywaæ standardowego wyj¶cia do
|
||
\emph on
|
||
foo.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Uruchom LyX (wersja 0.12 lub pó¼niejsza) z wynikowym plikiem .lyx.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Teoretycznie wiêkszo¶æ pliku zostanie przet³umaczona, a je¶li co¶ nie zostanie
|
||
przet³umaczone, to zostanie zaznaczone na czerwono (tryb TeX).
|
||
Teoretycznie LyX potrafi wczytaæ plik i utworzyæ dokument na jego podstawie,
|
||
poniewa¿ wszystkie nieprzet³umaczone rzeczy zostan± wstawione w trybie
|
||
all that untranslated red stuff will be passed directly back to LaTeX,
|
||
which LyX uses as a backend.
|
||
Niestety rzeczywisto¶æ nie zawsze jest odzwierciedla teoriê.
|
||
Je¶li reLyX przewraca siê lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ utworzonego pliku
|
||
zobacz wpis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\family default
|
||
gdzie¶ w tym dokumencie lub w pliku
|
||
\emph on
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zmieñ pod¶wietlone na czerwono (tryb TeX) rzeczy rêcznie w LyX-ie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, powiniene¶ móc wydrukowaæ plik LyX bez robienia
|
||
tego.
|
||
Jednak zmiany poleceñ z trybu TeX na odpowiednie obiekty LyX-a pozwol±
|
||
na bardziej zaawansowan± edycjê w trybie WYSIWYM.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX nie gwarantuje utworzenia pliku LyX, który utworzy dok³adnie identyczny
|
||
wydruk jak z pliku LaTeX, ale powinien byæ zbli¿ony.
|
||
reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that
|
||
dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
evil red text
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and less WYSIWYM.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dokonaj KOREKTY dokumentu!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important
|
||
after translating a LaTeX document.
|
||
reLyX is, at least now, better at
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
macro-translating
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(translating the whole document) than
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
micro-translating
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(translating every little detail).
|
||
For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces.
|
||
Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Co reLyX mo¿e przechwyciæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX rozumie wiele poleceñ LaTeX-a.
|
||
Zostan± skonwertowane:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
zwyk³y tekst, w³±czaj±c minipolecenia takie jak: ~, '',
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a tak¿e akcentowane znaki takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{a}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i przypadki specjalne ?` i !`
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
polecenia strony tytu³owej takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
date
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
polecenia struktury tekstu takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
section
|
||
\family default
|
||
w³±czaj±c polecenia z gwiazdk± (np.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
section*
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¦rodowiska:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
quote
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
quotation
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
verse
|
||
\family default
|
||
;
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
center
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
flushright
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
flushleft
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¦rodowiska:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
itemize
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
enumerate
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
description
|
||
\family default
|
||
oraz ich polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Równie¿ zagnie¿d¿one listy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
polecenia odno¶ników:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pageref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
label
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
footnote
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
margin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
polecenia zmiany czcionki w³±czaj±c
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
em
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
emph
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textit
|
||
\family default
|
||
i odpowiednie polecenia do zmiany rodziny, grubo¶ci, odmiany i wielko¶ci
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(lub
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input{foo.blah}
|
||
\family default
|
||
) i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
include{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Polecenia Plain TeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input
|
||
\family default
|
||
(,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input foo.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') s± równie¿ obs³ugiwane
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¦rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tabular
|
||
\family default
|
||
i jego polecenia takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hline
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cline
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
(ale zobacz dalej)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¶rodowiska wstawek
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
table
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
table*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a tak¿e polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¶rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
thebibliography
|
||
\family default
|
||
i polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a tak¿e polecenia BibTeX-a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibliography
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibliographystyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
ró¿ne polecenia:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hfill
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
noindent
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ldots
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¶rodowiska specyficzne dla klasy dokumentu (i trochê poleceñ), które mog±
|
||
byæ konwertowane do pliku uk³adu LyX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
argumenty pewnych niekonwertowalnych poleceñ (np.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
mbox
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Niektóre z nich mog± nie byæ jeszcze wspierane w 100%.
|
||
Zobacz poni¿ej szczegó³y
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX kopiuje matematykê (prawie) wprost z twojego pliku LaTeX-a.
|
||
Szczê¶liwie wczytuje matematykê LaTeX-a (prawie), która jest obs³ugiwana
|
||
przez LyX-a i dzia³a ¶wietnie.
|
||
Niektóre polecenia matematyczne, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a zostan±
|
||
zast±pione ich ekwiwalentami, np.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
to
|
||
\family default
|
||
bêdzie skonwertowane do
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rightarrow
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
Pliki sk³adni
|
||
\shape default
|
||
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX tak¿e kopiuje polecenia preambu³y (np.
|
||
cokolwiek przed
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
), so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved in dvi
|
||
and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in the LyX
|
||
window.
|
||
Sprawd¼
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preambu³a
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby byæ pewnym.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Czego reLyX nie mo¿e przechwyciæ -- ale jest OK
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Rysunki i tabele
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tabular*
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
ministrony
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
polecenia odstêpów (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vspace
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pagebreak
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
par
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
centering
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
raggedleft
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
raggedright
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¶rodowiska
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
verb
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
reLyX kopiuje je ostro¿nie i
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
dok³adnie
|
||
\shape default
|
||
, w³±czaj±c komentarze i bia³e spacje.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
nieznane (np.
|
||
utworzone przez u¿ytkownika) ¶rodowiska i polecenia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX kopiuje nieznane polecenia wraz z ich argumentami dos³ownie do pliku
|
||
LyX-a.
|
||
Ponadto, je¶li zobaczy
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
gdzie nie rozpozna ¶rodowiska ,,foo'', skopiuje dos³ownie a¿ do
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(bez u¿ycia parametru
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-r
|
||
\series default
|
||
).
|
||
Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break;
|
||
they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file
|
||
up in LyX.
|
||
That should be less painful than editing either the .tex or the .lyx file
|
||
using a text editor.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Co reLyX przechwytuje niepoprawnie -- s± b³êdy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX jest wzglêdnie nowy i ma kilka problemów.
|
||
As it matures, these bugs will be squished.
|
||
Listê b³êdów i brakuj±cych cech mo¿na znale¼æ w LyX bug tracker
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If reLyX is choking on something lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ go po konwersji
|
||
przez reLyX, to najlepsz± rzecz± do zrobienia jest wstawienie poleceñ
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{reLyXskip}
|
||
\family default
|
||
przed podejrzany tekst i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{reLyXskip}
|
||
\family default
|
||
po nim.
|
||
Ja nazywam to ,,skip'' blok.
|
||
reLyX bêdzie kopiowa³ ten blok dok³adnie w trybie TeX.
|
||
Nastêpnie wyedytuj wynikowy plik LyX i przet³umacz nieznane rzeczy rêcznie.
|
||
¦rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyXskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest magiczne; polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie bêd± wstawione do pliku LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
,,Dok³adne'' kopiowanie nieznanych ¶rodowisk i poleceñ nie jest zupe³nie
|
||
dok³adne.
|
||
Wyszczególniaj±c, komentarze i nowe wiersze mog± zostaæ utracone.
|
||
To bêdzie dawaæ z siebie brzydkiego LyX-a, ale w prawie wszystkich przypadkach
|
||
wynik bêdzie taki sam.
|
||
Mimo to, pewne czê¶ci pliku bêd± kopiowane perfekcyjnie z bia³ymi spacjami
|
||
i komentarzami w³±cznie.
|
||
W³±czaj±c w to: preambu³ê LaTeX-a, ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\family default
|
||
, polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
verb
|
||
\family default
|
||
i blok skip.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
reLyX konwertuje tylko kilka opcji polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
(Wyszczególniaj±c: 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]s
|
||
ide, landscape i [one|two]column.) Inne opcje s± umieszczane w polu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opcje dodatkowe
|
||
\family default
|
||
w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
okument
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Co wa¿niejsze, reLyX nie t³umaczy polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage
|
||
\family default
|
||
, poleceñ marginesów,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newcommand
|
||
\family default
|
||
, w rzeczywisto¶ci niczego w preambule.
|
||
Po prostu kopiuje je do preambu³y LaTeX w dokumencie LyX-a.
|
||
Je¶li masz polecenie marginesu w preambule, to plik LyX-a bêdzie generowa³
|
||
prawy margines.
|
||
jednak te marginesy bêd± zast±pione prze marginesy ustawione w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tyl dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
zak³adka
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Papier
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Tak ¿e powiniene¶ usun±æ te opcje z preambu³y (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ormatowanie-Preambu³a
|
||
\family default
|
||
) aby siê zabezpieczyæ.
|
||
Podobnie dzieje siê z wyborem jêzyka przez babel,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
inputencoding
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pagestyle
|
||
\family default
|
||
, itp.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Klasa foil ma parê b³êdów.
|
||
reLyX may do weird things z opcjonalnymi argumentami polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Tak¿e ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{dinglist}
|
||
\family default
|
||
mo¿e byæ obs³u¿one niepoprawnie (although the stuff in the environment
|
||
should translate normally).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wiêcej znacz±cych b³êdów mo¿esz znale¼æ w pliku
|
||
\emph on
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX is hopefully rather robust.
|
||
Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, mo¿e on nie konwertowaæ twojego pliku perfekcyjnie,
|
||
ale nie powinien siê przewracaæ.
|
||
Je¶li jednak siê przewraca -- i problemem nie jest jednym ze wspomnianych
|
||
powy¿ej lub w pliku
|
||
\emph on
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\emph default
|
||
-- zobacz sekcjê
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
Zg³aszanie b³êdów
|
||
\shape default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Czego reLyX nie potrafi przechwyciæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX wewnêtrznie nie obs³uguje paru rzeczy, tak ¿e gdyby reLyX przet³umaczy³
|
||
to perfekcyjnie, LyX mia³by problem wczytaæ je.
|
||
Je¶li na pewno potrzebujesz tych cech, to mo¿esz po ukoñczeniu pracy nad
|
||
dokumentem wyeksportowaæ go do LaTeX-a i wstawiæ je tam z powrotem.
|
||
Zobacz
|
||
\emph on
|
||
B³êdy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów odno¶nie b³êdów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dla kilku poleceñ LyX nie obs³uguje argumentów opcjonalnych.
|
||
Na przyk³ad zawartych w
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sqrt
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chapter
|
||
\family default
|
||
(i inne polecenia struktury tekstu) i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
reLyX bêdzie automatycznie pomija³ opcjonalne argumenty i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enie
|
||
do stdout.
|
||
LyX tak¿e ignoruje argument width w ¶rodowisku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
thebibliography
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
¦rodkowanie (lub wyrównanie do lewej lub prawej) dzia³a na pe³nych akapitach.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Obs³uga tabel przez LyX-a nie jest perfekcyjna.
|
||
Dla skomplikowanych tabel u¿yj bloku ,,skip'', tak ¿e one zostan± skopiowane
|
||
w trybie TeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Edytor wyra¿eñ matematycznych LyX-a nie obs³uguje ¶rodowisk AMS-LaTeX takich
|
||
jak align, split itd.
|
||
Te ¶rodowiska zostan± skopiowane w trybie TeX.
|
||
Mo¿esz zmieniæ ¶rodowisko
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
equation*
|
||
\family default
|
||
do dok³adnego odpowiednika
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
displaymath
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a wówczas konwersja bêdzie poprawna.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Przysz³o¶æ reLyX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W przysz³o¶ci wiêcej poleceñ i ¶rodowisk bêdzie obs³ugiwanych przez reLyX.
|
||
B³êdy zostan± wyeliminowane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zobacz plik TODO dla poznania szczegó³ów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przyk³ad
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
reLyX -df -o
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
my/dir
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-r
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
myenv
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
foo.tex > foo.debug
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Powy¿sze polecenie utworzy plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
my/dir/foo.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
na podstawie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, zastêpuj±c istniej±cy je¶li istnieje.
|
||
Gdy napotka blok
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{myenv} ...
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{myenv}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, skonwertuje zawarto¶æ bloku, ale polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end
|
||
\family default
|
||
skopiuje w trybie TeX-a.
|
||
Koñcz±c, zachowa pliki tymczasowe (znajduj± siê one w
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
my/dir/
|
||
\family default
|
||
) i zapisze du¿o informacji diagnostycznych do pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.debug
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Uwagi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Zg³aszanie b³êdów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than
|
||
those described in the section on
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\shape default
|
||
or the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
BUGS
|
||
\emph default
|
||
file---then please run reLyX
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-d
|
||
\series default
|
||
.
|
||
That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed.
|
||
That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will
|
||
allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list.
|
||
Its address is currently lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org, but you can check the LyX
|
||
home page, http://www.lyx.org if that bounces.
|
||
If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the
|
||
output in your bug report.
|
||
Just include the last ten or twenty lines of output, along with the piece
|
||
of the LaTeX file it crashed on.
|
||
Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same
|
||
problem as your original file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Szczegó³y implementacji
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX wykonuje kilka ,,przebiegów'' w celu konwersji pliku LaTeX-a.
|
||
W ka¿dym przebiegu tworzony jest jeden lub dwa pliku.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
0 \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Zanim zrobi cokolwiek, wczytuje plik (lub pliki) sk³adni .
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
1a \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Oddziela preambu³ê (cokolwiek przed poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
) z reszty pliku.
|
||
Zapisuje dwie czê¶ci w oddzielnych plikach.
|
||
To jest niezbêdne, poniewa¿ w preambule mog± byæ dziwne rzeczy.
|
||
Tak¿e ignoruje cokolwiek jest za poleceniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, zak³adaj±c ¿e to nie jest LaTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
1b \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Konwertuje preambu³ê.
|
||
Aktualnie oznacza to konwersjê polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
i dok³adne skopiowanie reszty do preambu³y LyX-e.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jak pozna klasê dokumentu, to wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
2 \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
,,Czy¶ci'' plik TeX, generuj±c nieznacznie dok³adniej LaTeX-a.
|
||
W to wchodzi:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zamiana, np: x^2 na ekwiwalent, ale przejrzystszy x^{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Usuwa opcjonalne argumenty, których LyX nie obs³uguje (np.
|
||
z
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sqrt
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zamienia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
em foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
na
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
emph{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, itd.
|
||
To jest konieczne, poniewa¿ w innym wypadku LyX zawsze zapisuje jako nielokalne.
|
||
This should very rarely make a difference.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
3 \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Konwertuje tekst LaTeX-a, polecenia i ¶rodowiska do LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
|
||
4 \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Sk³ada obie czê¶ci razem i wykonuje some final tweaking, aby utworzyæ
|
||
plik LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li s± jakie¶ polecenia
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
include
|
||
\family default
|
||
, reLyX zacznie przetwarzaæ tak¿e do³±czane pliki.
|
||
Zak³ada on, ¿e do³±czane pliki s± tej samej klasy co dokument g³ówny i
|
||
nie posiadaj± preambu³y.
|
||
(Je¶li ma polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input
|
||
\family default
|
||
w preambule pliku, to polecenia zostan± dok³adnie skopiowane do LaTeX-owej
|
||
czê¶ci preambu³y pliku LyX, a do³±czane pliki nie bêd± konwertowane).
|
||
Podczas konwersji do³±czonych plików pomijany jest przebieg 0 i 1.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li reLyX nie znajdzie plików, które chcia³e¶ do³±czyæ, wy¶le Ci ostrze¿enie
|
||
ale bêdzie kontynuowa³ konwersjê pozosta³ych znalezionych plików.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Pliki szablonów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a aby wiedzieæ jak obs³ugiwaæ ¶rodowiska
|
||
LaTeX-a i polecenia, które bêd± konwertowane do uk³adu LyX-a.
|
||
Ten plik do³±cza wszystkie ,,normalne'' niematematyczne ¶rodowiska (np.
|
||
w³±czaj±c w to quote i itemize, ale nie tabular, minipage i kilka ¶rodowisk
|
||
fancy) i polecenia takie jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
section
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
title
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
je¶li chcesz konwertowaæ reLyX-em klasê, dla której nie istniej plik uk³adu
|
||
LyX-a, to bêdziesz musia³ najpierw go utworzyæ.
|
||
Tak czy owak bêdziesz musia³ to zrobiæ, z powodu pliku LyX, poniewa¿ zale¿y
|
||
on od pliku uk³adu, w którym podany jest sposób jego wy¶wietlania i przetwarzan
|
||
ia w LyX-ie.
|
||
Sprawd¼ dokumentacjê LyX-a dla pomocy w tym zadaniu (które mo¿e byæ trudne
|
||
lub ³atwe, w zale¿no¶ci od klasy, dla której chcesz utworzyæ plik uk³adu).
|
||
je¶li Twoja klasa jest zupe³nie podobna do klasy, dla której istnieje plik
|
||
uk³adu, to rozwa¿ u¿ycie opcji
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-c
|
||
\series default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Pliki sk³adni
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX zawsze wczytuje co najmniej jeden plik sk³adni, zwany domy¶lnym plikiem
|
||
sk³adni.
|
||
reLyX wczytuje twój osobisty plik sk³adni je¶li istnieje, je¶li nie istnieje
|
||
to wczytuje plik systemowy.
|
||
reLyX wczytuje tak¿e dodatkowe pliki sk³adni wyspecyfikowane w opcji
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-s
|
||
\series default
|
||
(These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but
|
||
will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands
|
||
not found in the default file).
|
||
A syntax file tells reLyX a few things.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required
|
||
arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes.
|
||
Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that
|
||
it doesn't know how to translate.
|
||
The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing
|
||
its arguments in the correct order.
|
||
For example, a syntax file entry
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibitem[]{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
means that the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the
|
||
entry
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bf
|
||
\family default
|
||
means that the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bf
|
||
\family default
|
||
command takes no arguments at all.
|
||
When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into
|
||
LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac
|
||
tly.
|
||
If the token is not in the syntax file, then reLyX just copies as many
|
||
arguments as it finds.
|
||
This means that it may copy too much.
|
||
But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't
|
||
happen often.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
mbox
|
||
\family default
|
||
, have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text.
|
||
If the string
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
translate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file,
|
||
then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim.
|
||
So, for example, the default syntax file has
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
raisebox{}[][]{translate}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This means that the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
raisebox
|
||
\family default
|
||
command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are
|
||
copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated
|
||
LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX.
|
||
You can't use
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
translate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
on optional arguments.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax,
|
||
or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default
|
||
syntax file.
|
||
(E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...)
|
||
However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode.
|
||
Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item
|
||
\family default
|
||
) have their argument syntax hard-coded.
|
||
The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Second, the syntax file describes any
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
regular environments
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode.
|
||
If you define a regular environment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
foo
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, though, then only the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{foo}
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will
|
||
be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being
|
||
copied into TeX mode.
|
||
Don't try to declare
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tabbing
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
picture
|
||
\family default
|
||
as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse
|
||
reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain
|
||
text or math or simple commands in them.
|
||
You also can't declare unknown math environments (like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
equation*
|
||
\family default
|
||
) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand
|
||
them.
|
||
The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{reLyXre}
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{reLyXre}
|
||
\family default
|
||
statements in the syntax file.
|
||
(If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you
|
||
can use the
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-r
|
||
\series default
|
||
option rather than writing a syntax file.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table.
|
||
The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands.
|
||
For example,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
_
|
||
\family default
|
||
is supported, but the equivalent
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sb
|
||
\family default
|
||
is not.
|
||
Put any commands you'd like translate between
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{reLyXmt}
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{reLyXmt}
|
||
\family default
|
||
statements.
|
||
The statement
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
| {
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Vert}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
means that any
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
|
||
\family default
|
||
in math mode will be converted to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Vert
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated
|
||
to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX.
|
||
That way,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is correctly translated to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Vert a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Ró¿ne
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Potrzebujesz Perl-a 5.002 lub nowszego do uruchomienia reLyX-a.
|
||
Je¶li nie masz Perl-a to powiniene¶ go ¶ci±gn±æ (
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url{http://www.perl.com}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), poniewa¿ jest rzeczywi¶cie u¿ytecznym narzêdziem do bardzo wielu rzeczy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Diagnostyka
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX powinien zawsze wyja¶niæ dlaczego nie powiod³o siê t³umaczenie, je¶li
|
||
siê nie powiod³o.
|
||
Niektóre komunikaty diagnostyczne mog± byæ bardzo techniczne, je¶li pochodz±
|
||
one z wnêtrza kodu.
|
||
reLyX daje znacznie wiêcej informacji gdy zostanie uruchomiony z opcj±
|
||
\series bold
|
||
-d
|
||
\series default
|
||
, ale nie powiniene¶ tego potrzebowaæ je¶li nic z³ego siê nie zdarzy³o.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Gdy zakoñczy pracê, reLyX bêdzie Ciê informowa³ o pomy¶lnym zakoñczeniu
|
||
lub o b³êdzie, który spowodowa³ przerwanie przetwarzania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Ostrze¿enia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zawsze zachowaj kopiê oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a pod inn± nazw± lub w innym
|
||
katalogu.
|
||
Istnieje kilka sposobów, w których u¿ycie LyX-a prowadzi do nadpisania
|
||
oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li importujesz plik foo.tex utworzysz foo.lyx, nastêpnie edytujesz plik
|
||
foo.lyx i chcesz ponownie wyeksportowaæ go, to zauwa¿, ¿e zast±pisz oryginalny
|
||
plik foo.tex (LyX zapyta ciê czy chcesz zast±piæ go).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li ustawi³e¶ zmienn±
|
||
\backslash
|
||
use_tempdir na false w swoim pliku lyxrc, wówczas LyX utworzy pliki tymczasowe
|
||
w twoim lokalnym katalogu, co oznacza, ¿e Twój oryginalny plik LaTeX mo¿e
|
||
zostaæ zast±piony (bez ostrze¿enia ze strony LyX) gdy wykonasz podgl±d
|
||
lub wydruk dokumentu LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Pliki
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
MY_LYXDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Osobiste pliki uk³adów dokumentów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
MY_LYXDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Osobisty plik sk³adni
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Systemowy pliki uk³adów dokumentów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
Systemowy plik sk³adni LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jest katalogiem instalacyjnym LyX, czêsto /usr/local/share/lyx/.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
MY_LYXDIR
|
||
\emph default
|
||
jest osobistym katalogiem LyX-a, zwykle nazywa siê .lyx/ i znajduje siê
|
||
w Twoim katalogu domowym.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zobacz tak¿e
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
lyx
|
||
\shape default
|
||
(1),
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
latex
|
||
\shape default
|
||
(1)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Autorzy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Copyright (c) 1998-9 Amir Karger (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wspó³twórcy kodu:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
John Weiss napisa³ oryginalny CleanTeX pass.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Etienne Grossmann
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Jos\i \'{e}
|
||
Ab\i \'{\i}
|
||
lio Oliveira Matos
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
David Suarez de Lis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Inni wspó³pracownicy:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug
|
||
reports, advice, and feature suggestions.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Asger K.
|
||
Alstrup Nielsen i Marc Pavese doradzaj±cy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Ró¿ni cz³onkowie list dyskusyjnych LyX developers' i users' dostarczaj±cy
|
||
raporty o b³êdach i sugerowanie nowych cech.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
reLyX u¿ywa zmodyfikowanej wersji Perl-owego parsera TeX -- pakiet Text::TeX
|
||
napisanego przez Ilya Zakharevich (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu), dostêpnego
|
||
na CPAN.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Funkcje LyX-a wymagaj±ce zewnêtrznych programów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Zastosowanie LyX-a z SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Paul Evans
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LinuxDoc jest klas± dokumentu dostêpn± w LyX-ie.
|
||
Mo¿esz jej u¿yæ do wydania dokumentu zwanego Standardized General Mark-up
|
||
Language (SGML) w specyficznym formacie stosowanym w Linux Documentation
|
||
Project.
|
||
Jest to oczywi¶cie pomoc je¶li wspó³pracujesz przy projekcie.
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿yæ formatu SGML z pakietem (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sgml-tools
|
||
\family default
|
||
) skryptów i programów (do tworzenia innych formatów, w³±czaj±c LaTeX, HTML,
|
||
zwyk³y tekst, podrêczniki man i \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
).
|
||
Zatem mo¿esz preferowaæ u¿ycie tej klasy dokumentu je¶li chcesz pisaæ dokumenty
|
||
z mo¿liwo¶ci± ³atwego przenoszenia do innych formatów.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Klasa LinuxDoc posiada mniej opcji uk³adu ni¿ inne klasy LyX-a.
|
||
G³ównie dlatego, ¿e translacja do innego formatu ma wówczas szanse na bardziej
|
||
sensownie wykonanie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tej sekcji opisujemy:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
jak skonfigurowaæ i u¿yæ dokument w LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
jak u¿ywaæ znaczników LinuxDoc w uk³adzie Twojego dokumentu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
jak u¿ywaæ pakietu SGML do tworzenia ró¿nych formatów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
how to sort out some problems.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przygotowanie i u¿ycie dokumentów LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Zaczynamy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zaczynamy od wyboru klasy LinuxDoc w oknie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Styl Dokumentu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
¦rodowisk jest mniej ni¿ w wielu innych klasach.
|
||
Mo¿esz je zobaczyæ na rozwijalnej li¶cie po lewej stronie paska narzêdzi.
|
||
Jak je u¿ywaæ opisano w\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Musisz
|
||
\emph default
|
||
wpisaæ tytu³ dokumentu, a nastêpnie autora, wybieraj±c dla ka¿dego wpisu
|
||
odpowiednie ¶rodowisko.
|
||
Je¶li tego nie zrobisz, to pojawi± siê b³êdy przy próbie wydruku.
|
||
Mo¿esz wpisaæ datê i streszczenie.
|
||
W³a¶ciwy dokument powinien zaczynaæ siê ¶rodowiskiem
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section
|
||
\family default
|
||
ni¿
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpnie mo¿esz przygotowaæ dokument jak zwykle korzystaj±c ze ¶rodowisk.
|
||
Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
z pe³n± ich list± i zastosowaniem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Wydruk z LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dokument mo¿esz drukowaæ i zapisywaæ normaln± drog±.
|
||
Do u¿ycia innych mo¿liwo¶ci pakietu SGML potrzeba zapisaæ dokument jako
|
||
LinuxDoc; to jest format, do którego dokument jest t³umaczony na podstawowy
|
||
sgml.
|
||
U¿yj polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LinuxDoc.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Otrzymasz plik o takiej samej nazwie jak dokument z rozszerzeniem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.sgml
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Zobacz w\InsetSpace ~
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
jak mo¿na wykorzystaæ ten plik.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
U¿ycie ¶rodowisk w LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Struktura dokumentu LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Istnieje formalna struktura dla LinuxDoc która ogranicza umieszczanie znaczników.
|
||
Wszystkie dokumenty sk³adaj± siê z dwóch czê¶ci:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Nag³ówek wszystko co znajduje siê przed znacznikiem pierwszej sekcji.
|
||
Mo¿esz wstawiæ tytu³, autora, datê, streszczenie i spis tre¶ci, ale dwa
|
||
pierwsze znaczniki s± obowi±zkowe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Tre¶æ zaczyna siê od pierwszej sekcji.
|
||
Dopuszczalne s± wszystkie inne znaczniki.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
¦rodowiska LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Tutaj znajduje siê lista wszystkich znaczników, które s± dostêpne z menu
|
||
rozwijalnego:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard:
|
||
\family default
|
||
dzia³a jak opisano w [cross reference]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Pojawia siê w lewym górnym rogu drukowanego dokumentu, nad grub± poziom±
|
||
lini±, której nie zobaczysz na ekranie LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subparagraph:
|
||
\family default
|
||
wszystko czego mo¿esz siê spodziewaæ w zwyk³ej kolejno¶ci.
|
||
Czy tytularia s± numerowane czy nie mo¿esz ustawiæ w
|
||
\family sans
|
||
G³êboko¶ci rozdzia³ów
|
||
\family default
|
||
(menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Formatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Dokument
|
||
\family default
|
||
zak³adka
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Inne
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Nie mo¿na korzystaæ z nienumerowanych odpowiedników (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section*
|
||
\family default
|
||
itp.) poniewa¿ nie istniej±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Jak zwykle tworzy numerowane listy ze wciêciem opisu, co opisano w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Wyliczenie podobne jak w innych klasach, zobacz
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Wyja¶niono w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Pamiêtaj, ¿e je¶li chcesz aby w tytule opisu by³o wiêcej ni¿ jedno s³owo
|
||
to musisz je po³±czyæ twardymi spacjami.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verbatim:
|
||
\family default
|
||
jak zwykle.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Code: podobnie jak ¶rodowisko LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±.
|
||
You do not have to make this a date.
|
||
Mo¿na wstawiæ dowolny tekst, np.
|
||
numer wersji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Tworzy oddzielny akapit po autorze i dacie, przed pierwsz± sekcj±.
|
||
Dopuszczalny jest tylko jeden akapit.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Uwaga autora.
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
To trzeba sprawdziæ --
|
||
\emph on
|
||
pe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Displaymath
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Uwaga autora:
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Jeszcze tego nie sprawdzi³em --
|
||
\emph on
|
||
pe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Inne cechy dokumentu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz tak¿e u¿ywaæ menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Character Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
do wyboru fontów lub wyró¿nieñ wyrazów.
|
||
Tak¿e mo¿esz u¿yæ jak zwykle spis tre¶ci; zobacz odpowiedni± sekcjê w
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Oprócz tego znajdziesz tam trochê funkcji menu, np.
|
||
przypisy.
|
||
Istniej± drobne w±tpliwo¶ci czy to dzia³a poprawnie
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Author's note:
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Again still checking to see whether this is my system
|
||
\emph on
|
||
---pe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Odno¶niki i HTML
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Wstaw
|
||
\family default
|
||
mo¿esz znale¼æ dwa polecenia do wstawiania adresów URL.
|
||
Je¶li u¿yjesz którego¶ z nich, to zauwa¿ysz kod TeX-a wstawiony do dokumentu
|
||
w trzech oddzielnych blokach ze spacjami pomiêdzy nimi.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
htmlurl{
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url{
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\hfill
|
||
space
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\hfill
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\hfill
|
||
space
|
||
\hfill
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wstaw pe³ny znacznik HTML pomiêdzy pierwszy i drugi blok.
|
||
To mo¿e byæ
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lub inny poprawny znacznik taki jak
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Mo¿esz wstawiæ opis pomiêdzy drugi i trzeci blok.
|
||
Ró¿nice pomiêdzy poleceniami:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
URL:
|
||
\family default
|
||
w dokumencie pojawi siê znacznik HTML i opis,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
HTML_URL:
|
||
\family default
|
||
w drukowanej wersji pojawi siê tylko opis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
U¿ycie skryptu SGML w LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ LinuxDoc jako klasy tekstowej bez ¿adnych dodatkowych skryptów
|
||
czy programów, ale istnieje niewiele powodów do robienia tego.
|
||
Wszystko co bêdziesz u¿ywa³ w dokumencie bêdzie wygl±da³o tak jak
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Linux Documentation Project Howto
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Do t³umaczenia dokumentu potrzebujesz zainstalowanego pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
|
||
\family default
|
||
(z
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) dostêpnego na stronie www SGML-Tools pod adresem
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Alternatywnie, mo¿esz i¶æ do archiwum
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sunsite
|
||
\family default
|
||
pod adresem
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools
|
||
has not yet been made available at
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sunsite
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
|
||
\family default
|
||
zawiera wszystko co potrzebujesz do pisania dokumentów SGML i konwersji
|
||
ich przez groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX i RTF\SpecialChar \@.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ten pakiet zmieni³ nazwê w styczniu 1997 roku z
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zainstaluj i u¿ywaj pakiet zgodnie z instrukcj± w nim zawart±.
|
||
Wszystko to musi byæ wykonane poza LyX-em, zanim u¿yjesz polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LinuxDoc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Rozwi±zywanie problemów LinuxDoc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Gdy chcesz drukowaæ lub podejrzeæ dokument LinuxDoc wykonywana jest kontrola
|
||
znaczników przed uruchomieniem LaTeX.
|
||
Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure
|
||
of the document.
|
||
LyX mo¿e tworzyæ komunikaty b³êdów, ale nie zostawia w dokumencie znaczników,
|
||
które mo¿na otworzyæ.
|
||
Musisz zajrzeæ wprost do pliku aby stwierdziæ co jest nie tak.
|
||
Wiêkszo¶æ problemów zdaje siê pochodziæ od opcji, które nie s± w pe³ni
|
||
dostêpne w tej klasie dokumentu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Faksowanie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Jürgen Vigna
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wysy³anie faksów wprost z LyX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przede wszystkim musimy wspomnieæ, ¿e LyX potrafi wysy³aæ faksy pod warunkiem,
|
||
¿e masz zainstalowane i dzia³aj±ce oprogramowanie do wysy³ania faksów (np.
|
||
HylaFax, efax, mgetty+sendfax, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
).
|
||
LyX pracuje tylko jako graficzny interfejs (front end) do tych programów!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W zale¿no¶ci od u¿ywanego oprogramowania faksowego musisz ustawiæ kilka
|
||
poleceñ w pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Oto te polecenia:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fax_command:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Tutaj nale¿y podaæ polecenie, które ma wywo³aæ LyX aby wys³aæ faks.
|
||
Polecenie powinno byæ zdolne przetworzyæ plik PostScript, wytworzony przez
|
||
LyX-a.
|
||
£añcuch polecenia mo¿e zawieraæ nastêpuj±ce zmienne:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$Host:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje nazwê zmiennej ¶rodowiska FAX_SERVER
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$Comment:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola komentarz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$Enterprise:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola Firma
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$Name:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola nazwa
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$Phone:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola numer faksu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$FName:
|
||
\family default
|
||
zastêpuje nazwê pliku, który ma zostaæ wys³any
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Przyk³ady:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyjmujemy, ¿e nazwa³e¶ plik ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
newfile.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' i chcia³by¶ wys³aæ go wprost do faksu nie opuszczaj±c LyX-a.
|
||
Masz zainstalowane oprogramowanie HylaFax i twoja zmienna ¶rodowiska
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
FAX_SERVER
|
||
\family default
|
||
ma warto¶æ ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
faxhost.mydomain
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' i poda³e¶ te warto¶ci w oknie faksowania:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Fax.\InsetSpace ~
|
||
no:
|
||
\family default
|
||
+39-2-444666
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dest.\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Name:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Someone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enterprise:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Startrek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout List
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment:
|
||
\family default
|
||
This comment string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Z podanymi ni¿ej ustawieniami:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fax_command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sendfax -n -h '$$Host' -c '$$Comment'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
-x '$$Enterprise' -d '$$Name'@'$$Phone' '$$FName'
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
zostanie wykonane polecenie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
sendfax -n -h faxhost.mydomain -c 'This comment string'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
-x 'Startrek' -d 'Someone'@'+39-2-444666'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
<tempfile-path>/newfile.ps
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
phone_book:
|
||
\family default
|
||
Zawiera nazwê pliku ksi±¿ki telefonicznej, któr± mo¿esz utworzyæ w oknie
|
||
formularza faksu.
|
||
Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$HOME/.lyx/phonebook.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Przyk³ady:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
phone_book myphonebook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej z pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$HOME/.lyx/myphonebook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
phone_book /var/lib/phonebook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/var/lib/phonebook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fax_program:
|
||
\family default
|
||
W tym miejscu podajesz program, który LyX wywo³a jako zewnêtrzny program
|
||
do wys³ania Twojego faksu (np.
|
||
tkhylafax), zamiast wbudowanego formularza faksu.
|
||
Dopuszczalna jest tylko zmienna
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$FName
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Przyk³ady:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fax_program
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tkhylafax '$$Fname'
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przy powy¿szych za³o¿eniach zostanie wykonane nastêpuj±ce polecenie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
tkhylafax <tempfile-path>/newfile.ps
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Check TeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by Asger
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Alstrup
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edycja
|
||
\family default
|
||
mo¿esz znale¼æ polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C
|
||
\bar under
|
||
h
|
||
\bar default
|
||
eck\InsetSpace ~
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Ta funkcja LyX-a wymaga posiadania zainstalowanego zewnêtrznego programu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
i jest wygaszone je¶li go nie posiadasz.
|
||
Mo¿esz go pobraæ z archiwów CTAN lub z
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
jest programem napisanym przez sfrustrowanego
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Jens T.
|
||
Berger Thielemann
|
||
\noun default
|
||
, poniewa¿ wiele konstrukcji LaTeX-a czasami jest nieintuicyjnych i ³atwych
|
||
do zapomnienia.
|
||
Program przetwarzaj±c Twój plik LaTeX-a sprawdza integralno¶æ pliku i zaznacza
|
||
b³êdy.
|
||
W jêzyku technicznym jest to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Lint
|
||
\family default
|
||
dla LaTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Czy CheckTeX jest kontrolerem sk³adni, którego u¿ycie zapewni poprawne pliki
|
||
LateX-a? Odpowied¼ jest prosta: Tak jak
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Lint
|
||
\family default
|
||
nie tylko sprawdza sk³adniê programów w jêzyku C, semantykê, wy³apuje wiele
|
||
typowych b³êdów typograficznych.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
potrafi wykryæ wiele podstawowych b³êdów, takich jak:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Ellipsis detection:
|
||
\newline
|
||
Use \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
instead of ...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
No space in front of/after parenthesis:
|
||
\newline
|
||
( wrong spacing )
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
|
||
\newline
|
||
e.
|
||
g.
|
||
is too wide spacing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a
|
||
capital letter:
|
||
\newline
|
||
This is a TEST.
|
||
And this is wrong spacing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Space in front of labels and similar commands:
|
||
\newline
|
||
The label should stick right
|
||
up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces:
|
||
\newline
|
||
In you are in bad luck,
|
||
the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
|
||
and that's a pity.
|
||
See section
|
||
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex}
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Use of ,,x'' instead of
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\times$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
between numbers:
|
||
\newline
|
||
2x2 looks cheap compared to
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
i inne \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
To jest nieocenione narzêdzie gdy ,,zakoñczyli¶my'' pracê nad dokumentem.
|
||
Przed wydrukowaniem powinni¶my sprawdziæ obligatoryjnie pisowniê i uruchomiæ
|
||
CheckTeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Jak u¿yæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li masz zainstalowany program
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
checktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, po prostu wybierz z menu polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
C
|
||
\bar under
|
||
h
|
||
\bar default
|
||
eck TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
To spowoduje utworzenie pliku LaTeX-a na podstawie Twojego dokumentu, sprawdzen
|
||
ie go przez
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CheckTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
i wstawienie ,,okienek b³êdów'' do dokumentu z ostrze¿eniami
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CheckTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, je¶li jakie¶ znalaz³.
|
||
Ostrze¿enia zostan± umieszczone blisko miejsca wyst±pienia b³êdu, które
|
||
mo¿esz szybko odnale¼æ za pomoc± polecenia z menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
N
|
||
\bar default
|
||
awigacja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
B³±d
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub za pomoc± skótu klawiszowego
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-g
|
||
\family default
|
||
w domy¶lnym pliku bind
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cua
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Okienko b³êdu otwiera siê przez klikniêcie na nim myszk± lub domy¶lnym
|
||
skrótem
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-i
|
||
\family default
|
||
albo skrótem z pliku bind
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
emacs
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-o
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Przeczytaj uwagi i popraw b³êdy je¶li s±.
|
||
Je¶li masz k³opoty ze zrozumieniem co oznaczaj± ostrze¿enia, mo¿esz spokojnie
|
||
je zignorowaæ.
|
||
Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and
|
||
the technical details in invoking
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CheckTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain
|
||
silly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should
|
||
provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
|
||
Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false
|
||
alarms, though.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Jak dopasowaæ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sometimes, you'll find that
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
makes more noise than suits your mood.
|
||
Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try
|
||
to customize
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
to get better along with you.
|
||
Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
suñ wszystkie okienka b³êdów
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which will get rid of all warnings instantly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mimo to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
jest
|
||
\emph default
|
||
bardzo konfigurowalny i extensible, nie powiniene¶ spodziewaæ siê rozwi±zania
|
||
wszystkich problemów przez
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
w LyX-ie t± drog±.
|
||
Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match
|
||
the line numbers from
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
output
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can inspect the specific output from
|
||
\family sans
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
by using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
View\InsetSpace ~
|
||
LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
|
||
Log
|
||
\family default
|
||
right after a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
run.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to appear correctly.
|
||
S± dwie rzeczy, które mo¿esz wykonaæ :
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Dopasuj polecenia wywo³ania
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
w swoim pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub w globalnym pliku konfiguracyjnym instalacji
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
(zwykle jest to plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/local/share/chktexrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Zobacz poni¿ej jak mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ostrze¿enia w wierszu poleceñ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wyeksportuj swoj dokument do LaTeX-a za pomoc± polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
E
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
aTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
i uruchom
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
rêcznie.
|
||
Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place
|
||
in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able
|
||
to do it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Poni¿sze komunikaty ostrze¿eñ mog± byæ aktywowane lub wy³±czone za pomoc±
|
||
odpowiednich wpisów w dyrektywie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chktex_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
w Twoim pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
U¿yj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-n#
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby wy³±czyæ ostrze¿enie i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-w#
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby je uaktywniæ.
|
||
Ostrze¿enia napisane kursyw± s± domy¶lnie wy³±czone, przez domy¶lny wpis
|
||
w dyrektywie "
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
|
||
\family default
|
||
".
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
|
||
because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set
|
||
in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Command terminated with space.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Non-breaking space (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
~
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') should have been used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You should enclose the previous parenthesis with ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Italic correction (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') found in non-italic buffer.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Italic correction (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') found more than once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
No italic correction (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Accent command ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' needs use of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Wrong length of dash may have been used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' expected, found ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Solo ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' to achieve an ellipsis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Inter-word spacing (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') should perhaps be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Inter-sentence spacing (,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
'') should perhaps be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Could not find argument for command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
No match found for ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Number of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
char
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' doesn't match the number of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
char
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use either
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
,,
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
''
|
||
\family default
|
||
as an alternative to ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' (ASCII 39) instead of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
´
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' (ASCII 180).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
User-specified pattern found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
This command might not be intended.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Comment displayed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Either
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
''
|
||
\backslash
|
||
,'
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\backslash
|
||
,''
|
||
\family default
|
||
will look better.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You might wish to put this between a pair of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Could not execute LaTeX command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Don't use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
in front of small punctuation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\size small
|
||
$
|
||
\backslash
|
||
times$
|
||
\family default
|
||
may look prettier here.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Multiple spaces detected in output.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
This text may be ignored.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
,,
|
||
\family default
|
||
to begin quotation, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
'.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\family default
|
||
to end quotation, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
''
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Don't mix quotes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should perhaps use ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' instead.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Double space found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should remove spaces in front of ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
''
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' is normally not followed by ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%c
|
||
\family default
|
||
''.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mam nadziejê, ¿e w nastêpnych wersjach LyX-a dostarczymy bardziej kompletny
|
||
interfejs dla tego narzêdzia (i jego mniejszego kuzyna
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lacheck
|
||
\family default
|
||
) dla wykorzystania jego pe³nych mo¿liwo¶ci.
|
||
But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing
|
||
documents of a certain length and be surprised.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Kontrola wersji (RCS) w LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Moi przyjaciele chcieli u¿yæ LyX-a do projektu grupowego.
|
||
Gdy nie znale¼li obs³ugi kontroli wersji ani blokowania plików, porzucili
|
||
ten pomys³.
|
||
To na tyle mnie zirytowa³o, ¿e postanowi³em zrobiæ obs³ugê dla RCS (z mo¿liwo¶c
|
||
i± obs³ugi CVS i/lub SCCS jako przysz³o¶ciowe ulepszenie).
|
||
To ju¿ zosta³o zrobione i teraz LyX obs³uguje najbardziej podstawowe polecenia
|
||
RCS.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ co¶ bardziej wyszukanego to bêdziesz musia³ zrobiæ
|
||
to rêcznie w terminalu xterm.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zanim zaczniesz u¿ywaæ kontroli wersji w LyX-ie powiniene¶ wpierw przeczytaæ
|
||
\emph on
|
||
rcsintro
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(plik man:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man rcsintro
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
W tym pliku s± opisane wszystkie podstawowe funkcje RCS.
|
||
Powiniene¶ zwróciæ szczególn± uwagê na katalog RCS oraz na plik g³ówny
|
||
RCS (zakoñczony v)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W LyX-ie dokonano implementacji dla ostatniej wersji pakietu GNU RCS --
|
||
nie gwarantujemy wykonania dla starszych wersji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Polecenia RCS w LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W dalszych sekcjach opisano polecenia RCS obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a.
|
||
Mo¿esz je znale¼æ w menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
P
|
||
\bar default
|
||
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
K
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ontrola wersji
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rejestruj
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li dokument nie jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to wy¶wietlone jest tylko
|
||
to polecenie menu.
|
||
A je¶li dokument jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to te polecenie jest wy³±czone.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To polecenie rejestruje dokument w RCS.
|
||
Zostaniesz zapytany o pocz±tkowy opis dokumentu.
|
||
Dokument jest teraz w trybie TylkoDoOdczytu i aby dokonaæ jego edycji musisz
|
||
wybraæ polecenie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Odblokuj i edytuj
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dokument objêty kontrol± wersji ma oznaczenie w buforze: [RCS:<version>
|
||
<locker>].
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie RCS:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przeczytaj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man ci
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby poznaæ parametry wywo³ania polecenia.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Zwolnij
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Gdy skoñczy³e¶ edycjê pliku wprowad¼ zmianê do RCS.
|
||
Gdy to zrobisz, zostaniesz zapytany o opis zmian, który zostanie zapisany
|
||
w historii dokumentu.
|
||
Numer wersji zostanie zwiêkszony, a twoje zmiany dopisane do g³ównego pliku
|
||
RCS.
|
||
Dokument jest odblokowany i ustawiony w tryb TylkoDoOdczytu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie RCS:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Zablokuj i edytuj
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Za pomoc± tego polecenia blokujemy dokument dla siebie i mo¿emy go edytowaæ.
|
||
Polecenie ustawia plik w tryb ZapisOdczyt tylko dla Ciebie.
|
||
Mo¿esz kontynuowaæ edycjê do czasu, a¿ do wydania polecenia
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Zwolnij
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
W wierszu statusowym zaznaczone jest ¿e plik zosta³ zablokowany.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie RCS:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
co -q -l <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Wróæ do ostatniej wersji
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie usuwa wszystkie wprowadzone zmiany do dokumentu od czasu ostatniej
|
||
rewizji (zwolnienia).
|
||
Zostaniesz przedtem ostrze¿ony.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
co -f -u<version> <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Usuñ ostatnio wprowadzone zmiany
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wynikiem polecenia jest jak gdyby ostatnia rewizja siê nie zdarzy³a.
|
||
W dokumencie LyX-a nie s± dokonywane ¿adne zmiany, ale ostatnia wersja
|
||
jest usuwana z g³ównego pliku RCS.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rcs -o<version> <file-name>
|
||
\family default
|
||
umum
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Poka¿ historiê zmian
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Polecenie wy¶wietla pe³n± historiê dokumentu.
|
||
Wy¶wietlony zostaje
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rlog <file-name>
|
||
\family default
|
||
w przegl±darce.
|
||
Przeczytaj man
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rlog
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby poznaæ wiêcej informacji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Literate Programming
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
|
||
|
||
\noun default
|
||
(edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Wprowadzenie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for
|
||
literate programming.
|
||
Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
|
||
and know what
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tangling
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
weaving
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
means.
|
||
If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following
|
||
sections.
|
||
There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development
|
||
history to the latest tools tips.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that
|
||
you are comfortable changing your
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
file, and X resources file.
|
||
If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover
|
||
your specific needs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Literate Programming
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
From the Literate Programming FAQ :
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together
|
||
in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
|
||
In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting!
|
||
(Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source
|
||
and documentation in a single file.
|
||
Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable
|
||
documentation or compilable source.
|
||
The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E.
|
||
Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Another excerpt says:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
There are three distinguishing characteristics.
|
||
In order of importance, they are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
flexible order of elaboration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
automatic support for browsing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
References
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three !) different literate programming tools.
|
||
Where some are specialized or
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tailored
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for particular programming languages, while other have general scope.
|
||
I selected
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Noweb
|
||
\noun default
|
||
for my own use for several reasons:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It can generate the documentation either in latex or html.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to
|
||
perform special processing that you may need.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one
|
||
of them).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It is free.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The Noweb web page can be found at:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even
|
||
some literate program examples.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
LyX and Literate Programming
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some changes to LyX were required to enable it to interact with Noweb.
|
||
Those changes were rather simple, and were done in a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Noweb independent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
way, i.e., I expect that you will be able to use this new LyX feature with
|
||
some other literate programming tool of your choice by just re-configuring
|
||
your lyxrc file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Generowanie dokumentów i kodu (weaving and tangling)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Wybor klasy dokumentu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new
|
||
document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will
|
||
find that there are three new document classes available:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Article (Noweb)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Book (Noweb)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Report (Noweb)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You must select one of them to create your literate documents from.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes.
|
||
New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination
|
||
with other class variations like Article (AMS).
|
||
I have limited the choice to these three because I didn't want to clog
|
||
the list of options with all possible variations.
|
||
If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing
|
||
classes, let me know and I will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach
|
||
you how to do it.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and
|
||
re-running of the auto configuration.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
a new set of document classes for it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Wpisywanie kodu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX enables you to write code with a layout named
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\noun default
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The equivalent Noweb term is
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For historical reasons, I got used to the term
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
scrap
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years
|
||
before rendering myself to Noweb.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
<<My scrap>>=
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
more code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
even more code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
@
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special
|
||
interpretation of what has been written.
|
||
For that reason, I defined a new layout named Scrap, that works like a
|
||
LaTeX paragraph but has a free spacing capability.
|
||
In other words, it is a combination of the LaTeX and the LyX-Code layouts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The down side of this
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
semi-hack
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line
|
||
in the source code and also in the printed documentation.
|
||
Of course I don't want this.
|
||
The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with
|
||
a newline (ctrl-return).
|
||
The example above will look like this:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference
|
||
between the previous example and this one.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<<My scrap>>=
|
||
\newline
|
||
code
|
||
\newline
|
||
more code
|
||
\newline
|
||
even more code
|
||
\newline
|
||
@
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This layout works fine.
|
||
The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead
|
||
of a plain return.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is in my list of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
improvements
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to fix that.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e to enter a blank character.
|
||
I believe these problems are a small price to pay for the benefits LyX
|
||
brings to you for typing, compiling, and debugging your literate program.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Generowanie dokumentacji
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document
|
||
class, and with some code and text on it.
|
||
How do I print it ? The answer is simple, you select ,,Update dvi'' or
|
||
,,Update PostScript'' or ,,View dvi'', etc.
|
||
Just like you would do for a plain document.
|
||
No special procedure is required.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
When the ,,Update dvi'' menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named
|
||
with an extension name defined by
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_extension
|
||
\family default
|
||
, otherwise the file will have the usual
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
extension.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special
|
||
processing is required by LyX.
|
||
Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself,
|
||
takes care of the business.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If the document is of any literate class LyX will execute:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<
|
||
\emph on
|
||
filename
|
||
\emph default
|
||
>
|
||
\emph on
|
||
filename
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_error_filter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<
|
||
\emph on
|
||
filename
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.out >
|
||
\emph on
|
||
filename
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.log
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Otherwise it will just skip this step.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in
|
||
a plain document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The purpose of the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
is to transform the newly created
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.nw
|
||
\family default
|
||
file into a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The purpose of the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
command is to help LyX display error boxes when the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
reports any errors.
|
||
This filter can be a C program, a script, or any thing you want.
|
||
Its job is to identify error messages from your literate tool, in our case
|
||
Noweb, and convert them to a common format that LyX understands.
|
||
A separate document,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Literate.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
, in the examples directory (accessed with the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Examples
|
||
\family default
|
||
button in the file popup), has a literate C program that can be used to
|
||
parse Noweb error messages.
|
||
This scheme introduces one more command for the user to configure, but
|
||
has the advantage of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
literate tool
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
independence.
|
||
Moreover, if you don't bother to set it, you can still use the system,
|
||
you just loose the ability to have a nice display and interaction with
|
||
the error messages.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Generowanie kodu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When the ,,Build Program'' File menu option is chosen or the corresponding
|
||
button in the toolbar is pressed, a latex file with extension
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_extension
|
||
\family default
|
||
is generated just like step 1 above.
|
||
Then LyX invokes
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
to generate the code and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
to process the compilation error messages, as in step 3 above.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that no special processing is required from LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Also note that I am assuming that you are familiar with Noweb.
|
||
In this case you will know what to do to get an executable file starting
|
||
from a noweb file (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.nw
|
||
\family default
|
||
extension).
|
||
It is likely that you will create a makefile for that purpose.
|
||
For that reason, after LyX creates the noweb file, it invokes the command
|
||
defined by
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_program
|
||
\family default
|
||
, with a default of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
make
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In case you want to process your literate file with a script, or some other
|
||
program, just insert in your lyxrc file an entry with:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
my_script my_arguments
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
differs from the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
only in that the former will identify error messages from your compiler.
|
||
The same example program mentioned before can also parse gcc, or xlc error
|
||
messages.
|
||
If you have a different compiler you may want to change this program or
|
||
create a new one.
|
||
Again, the same comments from the previous section are valid here: this
|
||
is optional, you can skip it if you can afford to loose the LyX error handling
|
||
feature.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In summary, the ,,Build Program'' internal function sequence is pretty much
|
||
like the ,,Update dvi'' one but involving different commands.
|
||
See schematic:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
,,Update dvi'' -> generate .tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
-> invoke -> show latex errors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
on plain doc file
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
,,Update dvi'' -> generate same -> invoke
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
-> invoke -> show latex errors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
on literate doc file with .nw
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_command
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
extension
|
||
\backslash
|
||
_______ -> show literate errors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
,,Build Program'' -> generate same -> invoke
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
-> show compilation error
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
on literate doc file with .nw
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
extension ( make )
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Konfiguracja LyXa
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are five new controls that you can put in your lyxrc file:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
specifies which literate tool you are going to use.
|
||
During normal LyX configuration, the auto configuration script will try
|
||
to find the noweb package for you.
|
||
If the search is successful, the default value for this control is set
|
||
to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
noweave -delay -index
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Otherwise the default value is set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
none
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_extension
|
||
\family default
|
||
specifies the filename extension to be used for literate documents.
|
||
Some literate tools requires specific file extension names.
|
||
The default is set during configuration as either
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.nw
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
none
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, depending on whether the auto configuration found the noweb package or
|
||
not.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_command
|
||
\family default
|
||
defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
make
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
You need to create a makefile to do the tangling, compilation, etc.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Another way is to maintain the makefile or building script itself as part
|
||
of the document.
|
||
That way every project can be compiled with the same command line:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
notangle -Rbuild-script
|
||
\emph on
|
||
filename
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.nw | sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To use this scheme, create a script named
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
project-build
|
||
\family default
|
||
that executes the command above:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#!/bin/sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Finally set LyX to execute the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
project-build
|
||
\family default
|
||
script:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_command project-build
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Every time you start a new project, define a scrap with name
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
build-script
|
||
\family default
|
||
that will do the compilation for that project.
|
||
Whenever you select
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Build Program
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, LyX will extract that scrap (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
notangle -Rbuild-script...
|
||
\family default
|
||
) and execute it (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
...|sh
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
defaults to ,,cat''.
|
||
If you compile the program given in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Literate_example.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
, you can set:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
literate_error_filter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
listerrors n
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
to process Noweb(noweave) error messages
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_error_filter
|
||
\family default
|
||
defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
cat
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If you compile the program given in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Literate_example.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
, you can set:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
build_error_filter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
listerrors b
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
to process both Noweb(notangle) error messages and gcc error messages.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Rozszerzenia diagnostyczne
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the ,,server-goto-fi
|
||
le-row'' function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor
|
||
at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
|
||
The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
|
||
It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd
|
||
by accessing the edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
helpers window and changing the ,,Edit
|
||
Sources'' entry.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature,
|
||
and set
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Edit Sources
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that
|
||
you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and
|
||
ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then
|
||
the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position
|
||
ddd was pointing to.
|
||
No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back
|
||
from debugging !
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working
|
||
(it is disabled by default).
|
||
To enable it, insert in your lyxrc file:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
serverpipe "/home/<your home directory>/.lyxpipe"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Read the LyX server documentation for further information.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Rozszerzenia paska narzêdzi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I created six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar.
|
||
Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: Standard, Section,
|
||
LaTeX, LyX-Code, and Scrap.
|
||
I created those because they are the ones I use most and I was tired of
|
||
scrolling the layout menu looking for the one I wanted.
|
||
The last one is a short cut to the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Build Program
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
File menu entry.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
|
||
In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
|
||
One for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Update dvi
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and the other for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
View dvi
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
File menu entries.
|
||
Here is how it looks like:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin_toolbar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
layouts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add layout Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add layout Section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add layout LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add layout LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add layout Scrap
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
separator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add buffer-view
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add buffer-typeset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
add build-program
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
separator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end_toolbar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Dopasowanie kolorów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized.
|
||
For each one there are two ways to do it: either by inserting a line in
|
||
your X resource files, or by adding a flag in the LyX command line.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color.
|
||
The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is
|
||
a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything
|
||
in red.
|
||
Example:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the X resource file:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx*LatexColor: gold
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the command line:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx -LatexColor gold
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
|
||
You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend
|
||
in the background.
|
||
I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not
|
||
equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering
|
||
you anymore.
|
||
Example:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the X resource file:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx*NewLineColor: gray35
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the command line:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx -BackgroundColor gray20 -NewLineColor gray35
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you don't like a bright clear background burning your eyes all day long,
|
||
you can reverse background and foreground colors with this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the X resource file:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx*Reverse: 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
In the command line:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
lyx -Reverse 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The problem with all those color alterations is that you may need to change
|
||
other colors as well to ensure that math, inset, etc, are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
normal
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
with respect to the rest.
|
||
The following is the selection I use in my own X resource file.
|
||
It is just a suggestion.
|
||
I encourage you to try to find the color set that work best for you.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*Reverse: 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*MathColor: green
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*LatexColor: gold
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*OnOffLineColor: magenta
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*InsetColor: yellow
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*LightedColor: gray50
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*NewLineColor: gray35
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Sekrety LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mimo ¿e LyX jest silnym narzêdziem, to nie mo¿na mieæ nadziei na obs³ugê
|
||
wszystkiego co zosta³o zrobione dla TeX-a/LaTeX-a.
|
||
Jednak wiele tricków TeX-a i LaTeX-a mo¿e byæ wykonane w LyX-ie, je¶li
|
||
nie obawiasz siê u¿yæ przycisku ,,TeX'' z paska narzêdzi lub dokonywaæ
|
||
wpisów w preambule LaTeX-a (w menu
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
P
|
||
\family sans
|
||
reambu³a
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
aTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
W tym rozdziale opisano kilka sposobów i pomys³ów, aby Twoje dokumenty by³y
|
||
trochê sprytniejsze.
|
||
Wypróbuj je w domu i zacznij od czego¶ ma³ego i mniej wa¿nego.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wiêkszo¶æ pomys³ów tego rozdzia³u wymaga mniej podstawowych plików w Twojej
|
||
instalacji LaTeX-a.
|
||
Je¶li masz system taki jak teTeX, wiêkszo¶æ bêdzie ju¿ dostêpnych.
|
||
Kilka jednak bêdzie trzeba ¶ci±gn±æ z archiwów CTAN.
|
||
Czêsto istnieje kilka dróg do wykonania tego samego lub kilka plików stylów
|
||
LaTeX-a które robi± te same rzeczy.
|
||
Nie chcemy przedk³adaæ jednego pakietu nad inne, po prostu chcemy wykonaæ
|
||
okre¶lone zadanie za pomoc± okre¶lonego pliku.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Triki w przypisach i marginaliach
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
suggested by Robin
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Socha
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przypisy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX jeszcze nie potrafi ustawiæ numeracji przypisów z powrotem od 1 po ka¿dej
|
||
sekcji w klasie dokumentu ,,article'' lub zmianie stylu licznika.
|
||
Aby to osi±gn±æ bêdziesz potrzebowa³ nastêpuj±cych poleceñ LaTeX-a:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||
\family default
|
||
ustawi licznik z powrotem na 1
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Licznik zosta³ ustawiony na 1.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpuj±ce polecenie zmienia numeracjê przypisów na numerowanie ma³ymi
|
||
literami.
|
||
Zobacz w podgl±dzie jak to wygl±da.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thefootnote}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph{footnote}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To jest przyk³ad przypisu numerowanego alfabetycznie.
|
||
\newline
|
||
U¿yj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thefootnote {
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph{footnote}}
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby to uzyskaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Nastêpne polecenie ustawia styl licznika z powrotem na domy¶lny, np.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand {
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thefootnote} {
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{footnote}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
U¿yj
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thefootnote}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{footnote}}
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby przywróciæ styl licznika na domy¶lny -- numeryczny
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
roman
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Roman
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph
|
||
\family default
|
||
lub
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Alph
|
||
\family default
|
||
i innych stylów liczników.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Marginalia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Tutaj znajduj± siê dwa przyk³ady jak wstawiæ marginalia przy u¿yciu poleceñ
|
||
LaTeX-a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nastêpuj±ce polecenie utworzy poziom± liniê pojawiaj±c± obok tekstu:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
marginpar{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
marginpar{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zobacz na wydruku co robi nastêpuj±ce polecenie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
reversemarginpar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Right -- wstawi notkê marginesow± na ,,z³ej'' stronie dwustronnego dokumentu.
|
||
\begin_inset Marginal
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
reverse
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
-
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
marginpar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Sk³ad wieloszpaltowy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by Lars
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Gullik Bjønnes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zastosowanie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Celem tej sekcji
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przypis edytora: Oryginalny rozdzia³ Lars'a by³ pe³nym opisem zastosowania
|
||
pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
multicol
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
jednak by³ on zbyt d³ugi do w³±czenia go do tego dokumentu.
|
||
Dlatego wybra³em najwa¿niejsze tematy (przepraszam Lars); mo¿esz przeczytaæ
|
||
oryginalny rozdzia³ w przyk³adowym pliku
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
examples/multicol.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
--- mer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
jest przedstawienie jak mo¿na u¿yæ LaTeX-owy pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
multicol
|
||
\family default
|
||
w dokumencie LyX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX jako taki jeszcze nie obs³uguje pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
multicol
|
||
\family default
|
||
natywnie, ale mamy na to swój sposób.
|
||
Po przeczytaniu tej sekcji powiniene¶ umieæ go wykorzystaæ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Ograniczenia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
multicol
|
||
\family default
|
||
pozwala na prze³±czanie pomiêdzy jedn± a wieloma szpaltami na jednej stronie.
|
||
Przypisy s± obs³ugiwane poprawnie (w wiêkszej czê¶ci), ale zostan± umieszczone
|
||
u do³u strony i nie pod odpowiedni± kolumn±.
|
||
LaTeX-owy mechanizm wstawek jest czê¶ciowo zablokowany w aktualnej implementacj
|
||
i.
|
||
Od tego momentu tylko wstawki o szeroko¶ci strony mog± byæ u¿ywane wewn±trz
|
||
wspomnianego ¶rodowiska.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Przyk³ady
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Dwie szpalty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Je¶li chcesz mieæ dwie szpalty w tek¶cie, u trybie LaTeX-a wstaw polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\family default
|
||
w miejscu, od którego chcesz zacz±æ dwie szpalty i wstaw polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\family default
|
||
w miejscu, gdzie chcesz je zakoñczyæ.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
\size small
|
||
The Adventure of the Empty House
|
||
\series default
|
||
|
||
\newline
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
|
||
the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
|
||
Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
|
||
The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
|
||
out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
|
||
occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
|
||
that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
|
||
Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
|
||
missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
|
||
The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
|
||
me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
|
||
shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of
|
||
it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and incredulity
|
||
which utterly submerged my mind.
|
||
Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
|
||
which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
|
||
remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
|
||
with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
|
||
I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
|
||
only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Uk³ad wieloszpaltowy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ten sam przepis jest u¿ywany gdy chcesz utworzyæ wiêcej ni¿ dwie szpalty:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{3}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
|
||
me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
|
||
read with care the various problems which came before the public.
|
||
And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
|
||
to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
|
||
There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
|
||
Adair.
|
||
As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
|
||
murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
|
||
than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
|
||
death of Sherlock Holmes.
|
||
There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
|
||
have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
|
||
been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
|
||
and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
|
||
All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
|
||
found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
|
||
At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
|
||
as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz mieæ wiêcej ni¿ trzy szpalty je¶li chcesz, ale to nie bêdzie przyjemne
|
||
do czytania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Szpalty wewn±trz szpalty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz umie¶ciæ szpalty wewn±trz szpalty:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
|
||
at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
|
||
Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
|
||
cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
|
||
at 427 Park Lane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
|
||
and no particular vices.
|
||
He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
|
||
had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
|
||
no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
|
||
For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
|
||
for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
|
||
strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
|
||
on the night of March 30, 1894.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
|
||
stakes as would hurt him.
|
||
He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
|
||
It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
|
||
a rubber of whist at the latter club.
|
||
He had also played there in the afternoon.The evidence of those who had
|
||
played with him-- Mr.
|
||
Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist,
|
||
and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
|
||
Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
|
||
His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
|
||
affect him.
|
||
He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
|
||
player, and usually rose a winner.
|
||
It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
|
||
actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
|
||
weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
|
||
So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Proszê przeczytaæ plik
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
examples/multicol.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
dla poznania bardziej zaawansowanych przyk³adów w³±czania odstêpów pomiêdzy
|
||
szpaltami i nag³ówkiem, pionowych linii separuj±cych i innych.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Numeracja w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia akapitów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by John
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Weiss
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Domy¶lna numeracja akapitów w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia zaczyna siê od cyfr
|
||
arabskich, a koñczy siê na du¿ych literach alfabetu.
|
||
Prawdopodobnie jednak bêdziesz chcia³ inaczej numerowaæ akapity.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad jak zmieniæ schemat numeracji:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumi}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Roman{enumi}.}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumii}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Alph{enumii}.}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumiii}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{enumiii}.}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumiv}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph{enumiv}.)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
który zmienia schemat na nastêpuj±cy: cyfry rzymskie, du¿e litery, cyfry
|
||
arabskie i ma³e litery.
|
||
Ponadto poprzedni przyk³ad tak¿e dodaje kropkê do numeracji.
|
||
Na przyk³ad pierwszy akapit pierwszego poziomu bêdzie oznaczony ,,I.''.
|
||
Dla lepszej orientacji opiszemy jak wygl±da numeracja z u¿yciem naszego
|
||
schematu: <,,I.'', ,,A.'', ,,1.'', ,,a.)''>.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿na zobaczyæ w przyk³adzie, gdzie s± polecenia dla ka¿dego zagnie¿d¿onego
|
||
poziomu,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumi
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumiv
|
||
\family default
|
||
, podobnie jak liczniki,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
enumi
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
enumiv
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Znajduje siê tak¿e piêæ poleceñ ,,drukowania numeru'',
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
roman{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Roman{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Alph{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
, ka¿dy z nich pobiera jeden licznik jako argument.
|
||
Mo¿na dodaæ znaki przed lub po, ale nie ma potrzeby dodawania spacji.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mo¿esz rzeczywi¶cie otrzymaæ ozdobny schemat numeracji, na przyk³ad:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumi}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Alph{enumi}
|
||
\backslash
|
||
#}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumii}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Alph{enumi}.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{enumii}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumiii}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
alph{enumiii}+}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelenumiv}{(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
roman{enumiv})}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Otrzymujemy wówczas nastêpuj±c± numeracjê: <,,#A#'', ,,A.1'', ,,a+'', ,,(i)''>.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Przestrzeñ pomiêdzy wierszami tabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by Mike
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Ressler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LaTeX pozwala wstawiaæ trochê wolnego miejsca pomiêdzy wierszami tabeli
|
||
przez podanie opcjonalnego argumentu koñca wiersza (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Ta metoda nie jest formalnie zaimplementowana w LyX-ie, ale podajemy dwa
|
||
drobne tricki do wykonania tego samego zadania.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Pierwszy sposób jest bardziej formalny, ale bardziej zawik³any.
|
||
W preambule nale¿y dodaæ nastêpuj±c± definicjê polecenia:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
extratablespace}[1]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
noalign{vskip#1}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To polecenie pobiera pojedynczy argument -- ilo¶æ miejsca, któr± chcesz
|
||
wstawiæ.
|
||
Wstaw polecenie w pierwszej kolumnie nastêpnego wiersza gdzie chcia³by¶
|
||
aby pojawi³o siê wolne miejsce.
|
||
Oto przyk³ad (usun±³em wszystkie ramki u¿ywaj±c
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
U
|
||
\bar default
|
||
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
abel
|
||
\family default
|
||
a):
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Minerals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Calcite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dolomite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quartz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Graphite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
extratablespace{2ex}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Rocks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Limestone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sandstone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Granite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Andesite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Drugi sposób jest szybszy.
|
||
Po prostu umie¶æ w odpowiednim wierszu opcjonalny argument koñca wiersza.
|
||
¯adne eleganckie definicje nie s± potrzebne jak w poprzednim przyk³adzie,
|
||
ale dodawane bêdzie wiêcej miejsca, poniewa¿ de facto dodawany jest pusty
|
||
wiersz plus odstêp.
|
||
Je¶li zbyt du¿o jest dodawanego miejsca to u¿yj liczby ujemnej, jak w przyk³adz
|
||
ie:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
|
||
<features>
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Minerals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Calcite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dolomite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quartz
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Graphite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
[-1ex]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Rocks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Limestone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sandstone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Granite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Andesite
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To pozwala szybko wykonaæ pracê, ale zdarza siê, ¿e brzydko wygl±da.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Inicja³y
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by Mike
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Ressler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newfont{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tmpfont C}
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vspace*{-8.4ex}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hangindent=3.3em
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hangafter=-3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
i którzy lubi± styl starych ksi±¿ek prawdopodobnie tak¿e lubi± ,,inicja³y''
|
||
--- tê wielk± literê rozpoczynaj±c± ka¿dy nowy rozdzia³ czy sekcjê.
|
||
Implementacja tego jest prosta (zak³adaj±c, ¿e znasz trochê plain TeX-a!)
|
||
ale nie wymaga wiele pracy i powtórzeñ, co mog³e¶ zobaczyæ na pocz±tku
|
||
akapitu w brzydkim trybie TeX-a.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
verb+
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I}+
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stnieje oczywi¶cie o wiele ³atwiejsza droga.
|
||
Pakiet
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dropcaps
|
||
\family default
|
||
(lub nowszy
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dropping
|
||
\family default
|
||
) z archiwum CTAN pozwala na prostsz± metodê uzyskania inicja³ów w dokumencie.
|
||
Od jakiego¶ czasu pakiet ten nie jest standardow± czê¶ci± teTeX-a.
|
||
Nie mogê go zademonstrowaæ w tym dokumencie ale je¶li skopiujesz ten akapit
|
||
do nowego dokumentu, usuniesz ,,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
verb
|
||
\family default
|
||
'' oraz znaki plus z kodu TeX-a na pocz±tku akapitu i dodasz do preambu³y
|
||
polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{dropcaps}
|
||
\family default
|
||
to otrzymasz literê I zapisan± czcionk± Times Roman Italic o wysoko¶ci
|
||
trzech wierszy tekstu przesuniêt± o 1 em za margines.
|
||
Pierwszym argumentem jest wielko¶æ wciêcia, ujemna warto¶æ powoduje przesuniêci
|
||
e inicja³u za margines.
|
||
Drugi argument zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u, podaje siê j± w wierszach.
|
||
Trzeci argument jest nazw± czcionki, czcionki wirtualne posiadaj±ce pliki
|
||
tfm powinny dzia³aæ (przebrnij przez katalog
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.../texmf/fonts/tfm
|
||
\family default
|
||
aby sprawdziæ mo¿liwo¶ci).
|
||
Moim osobistym faworytem jest
|
||
\family sans
|
||
yinit
|
||
\family default
|
||
, ozdobna czcionka niemiecka specjalnie zaprojektowana do inicja³ów.
|
||
Czwartym argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
verb+
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dropping{2}{P}+
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pakiet
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Przyp.
|
||
t³um.
|
||
Aby zobaczyæ wynik pracy pakietu
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dropping
|
||
\family default
|
||
to nale¿y wykonaæ czynno¶ci podobne jak poprzednio, jedynie w preambule
|
||
nale¿y wpisaæ
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{dropping}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dropping
|
||
\family default
|
||
tak¿e oferuje polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bigdrop
|
||
\family default
|
||
o identycznej sk³adni jak w pakiecie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dropcaps
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a tak¿e trochê uproszczone polecenie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dropping o
|
||
\family default
|
||
trzech argumentach.
|
||
Pierwszy -- opcjonalny -- okre¶la odleg³o¶æ od lewego marginesu -- domy¶lnie
|
||
0pt.
|
||
Drugi zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u podawan± w wierszach.
|
||
Trzecim argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Niestandardowe kszta³ty akapitów
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by Mike
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Ressler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newdimen
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit}{4.5in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape 25 0.45
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.332
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.40
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.35
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.293
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.30
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.25
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.317
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.20
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.342
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.15
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.373
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.10
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.410
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.05
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.453
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.00
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.500
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.05
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.453
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.10
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.410
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.15
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.373
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.20
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.342
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.25
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.317
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.30
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.35
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.40
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.45
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.320
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.50
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.320
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.55
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.330
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.60
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.330
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.65
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.330
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.70
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.340
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
0.75
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.340
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Oto nadszed³ czas, w\InsetSpace ~
|
||
którym musimy obaliæ tyraniê prostok±tnych akapitów.
|
||
W tej sytuacji, wywo³amy do tego radosne polecenie plain TeX-a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Jak mo¿esz zobaczyæ, w pe³ni dowolny kszta³t mo¿e byæ osi±gniêty przez
|
||
odpowiednie ustawienie definicji d³ugo¶ci wiersza.
|
||
Ten kszta³t akapitu mo¿e wygl±daæ trochê idiotycznie, chyba ¿e wyobrazimy
|
||
sobie sytuacjê tak± jak dok³adnie ustawione inicja³y, oblane tekstem rysunki
|
||
o nieregularnym kszta³cie itp.
|
||
daj±ce wra¿enie rêcznej pracy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sk³adnia:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
#nindent #nlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
, gdzie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
numlines
|
||
\family default
|
||
okre¶la liczbê wierszy tekstu która definiuje akapit.
|
||
Je¶li liczba wierszy bêdzie mniejsza od za³o¿onej, to kszta³t zostanie
|
||
skrócony.
|
||
Je¶li za¶ wierszy bêdzie wiêcej ni¿ za³o¿ono, to kolejne nadmiarowe wiersze
|
||
zachowaj± parametry ostatniego definiowanego wiersza.
|
||
Dyrektywy
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#nindent
|
||
\family default
|
||
i
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#nlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
okre¶laj± odstêp wiersza od lewego marginesu i d³ugo¶æ wiersza mierzone
|
||
w punktach.
|
||
Kszta³t dotyczy tylko bie¿±cego akapitu, nastêpny akapit jest formatowany
|
||
normalnie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Podsumowanie
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Jak mo¿na zobaczyæ, przyk³ady w tym rozdziale zaczynaj± siê od u¿ytecznych
|
||
a¿ do wymy¶lnych.
|
||
Nie spodziewam siê aby kto¶ potrzebowa³ kszta³tu akapitu jak ostatnim rozdziale
|
||
, ale wa¿ne jest to ¿e mo¿esz zrobiæ prawie wszystko co chcesz w LyX-ie
|
||
je¶li bêdziesz mia³ ochotê wyobraziæ sobie jak to zrobiæ w TeX-u i LaTeX-u.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
TeX jest fantastycznym systemem sk³adu i jego mo¿liwo¶ci s± dostêpne dla
|
||
Ciebie przez LyX-a wykorzystuj±cego go w tle.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mi³ego LyX-owania!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_body
|
||
\end_document
|